Docstoc

Regulation Of Biological Events Using Novel Compounds - PDF

Document Sample
Regulation Of Biological Events Using Novel Compounds - PDF Powered By Docstoc
					


United States Patent: 6649595


































 
( 1 of 1 )



	United States Patent 
	6,649,595



 Clackson
,   et al.

 
November 18, 2003




 Regulation of biological events using novel compounds



Abstract

Materials and methods are disclosed for regulation of biological events
     such as target gene transcription and growth, proliferation or
     differentiation of engineered cells.


 
Inventors: 
 Clackson; Timothy P. (Arlington, MA), Gilman; Michael Z. (Newton, MA), Holt; Dennis A. (Royersford, PA), Keenan; Terence P. (Cambridge, MA), Rozamus; Leonard (Bedford, MA), Yang; Wu (Princeton, NJ) 
 Assignee:


ARIAD Gene Therapeutics, Inc.
 (Cambridge, 
MA)





Appl. No.:
                    
 09/781,804
  
Filed:
                      
  February 12, 2001

 Related U.S. Patent Documents   
 

Application NumberFiling DatePatent NumberIssue Date
 012097Jan., 19986187757
 791044Jan., 1997
 481941Jun., 1995
 PCTUS9609948Jun., 1996
 

 



  
Current U.S. Class:
  514/31  ; 435/325; 435/355; 435/372; 435/372.3; 435/375; 536/6.5
  
Current International Class: 
  C07K 14/435&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/395&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/37&nbsp(20060101); C07D 498/00&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/705&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/715&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/47&nbsp(20060101); C12N 15/10&nbsp(20060101); C12N 15/85&nbsp(20060101); C12N 9/12&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/005&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/035&nbsp(20060101); C07D 498/18&nbsp(20060101); C07K 14/725&nbsp(20060101); A61K 48/00&nbsp(20060101); C12N 005/10&nbsp(); A61K 031/70&nbsp()
  
Field of Search: 
  
  







 514/31,44 435/325,355,372,372.3,375 536/6.5
  

References Cited  [Referenced By]
U.S. Patent Documents
 
 
 
4797368
January 1989
Carter

5091389
February 1992
Ondeyka

5093338
March 1992
Byrne

5109112
April 1992
Siekierka

5116756
May 1992
Dumont

5139941
August 1992
Muzyczka

5140018
August 1992
Klein

5147877
September 1992
Goulet

5173414
December 1992
Lebkowski

5198421
March 1993
Chen

5200411
April 1993
Edmunds

5208241
May 1993
Ok

5210030
May 1993
Petuch

5221625
June 1993
Chen

5225403
July 1993
Treiber

5247076
September 1993
Goulet

5252479
October 1993
Srivastava

5252732
October 1993
Sinclair

5258389
November 1993
Goulet

5310901
May 1994
Parsons

5310903
May 1994
Goulet

5318895
June 1994
Kahn

5324644
June 1994
Ruby

5354678
October 1994
Lebkowski

5362718
November 1994
Skotnicki

5362735
November 1994
Luengo

5373014
December 1994
Failli

5378836
January 1995
Kao

5387680
February 1995
Nelson

5436146
July 1995
Shenk

5457182
October 1995
Wiederrecht

5457194
October 1995
Luly

5484799
January 1996
Hochlowski

5525610
June 1996
Caufield

5527907
June 1996
Or

5534632
July 1996
Or

5541189
July 1996
Luly

5541193
July 1996
Kawai

5561137
October 1996
Or

5561228
October 1996
Or

5563172
October 1996
Wagner

5583139
December 1996
Or

5597715
January 1997
Ford

5604234
February 1997
Or

5622866
April 1997
Motamedi

5648361
July 1997
Holt

5658776
August 1997
Flotte

5834266
November 1998
Crabtree

5869337
February 1999
Crabtree

5871982
February 1999
Wllson

5985890
November 1999
Cottens

5985906
November 1999
Meingassner

6001557
December 1999
Wilson

6013627
January 2000
Dreyfuss

6066721
May 2000
Khosla

6150137
November 2000
Berlin

6187757
February 2001
Clackson et al.



 Foreign Patent Documents
 
 
 
WO91/13889
Sep., 1991
WO

WO92/05179
Apr., 1992
WO

WO92/14737
Sep., 1992
WO

WO92/19595
Nov., 1992
WO

WO93/04680
Mar., 1993
WO

WO93/10122
May., 1993
WO

WO93/11130
Jun., 1993
WO

WO93/13663
Jul., 1993
WO

WO93/18043
Sep., 1993
WO

WO93/24641
Dec., 1993
WO

WO93/25533
Dec., 1993
WO

WO94/02136
Feb., 1994
WO

WO94/02137
Feb., 1994
WO

WO94/04540
Mar., 1994
WO

WO94/09010
Apr., 1994
WO

WO94/10843
May., 1994
WO

WO94/18207
Aug., 1994
WO

WO94/21644
Sep., 1994
WO

WO94/25022
Nov., 1994
WO

WO95/02684
Jan., 1995
WO

WO95/04060
Feb., 1995
WO

WO95/04521
Feb., 1995
WO

WO95/04738
Feb., 1995
WO

WO95/07468
Mar., 1995
WO

WO95/15328
Jun., 1995
WO

WO95/16691
Jun., 1995
WO

WO96/20951
Jul., 1996
WO

WO96/26285
Aug., 1996
WO

WO96/39530
Dec., 1996
WO

WO96/41865
Dec., 1996
WO

WO97/10502
Mar., 1997
WO

WO98/02441
Jan., 1998
WO



   
 Other References 

Ao et al., (1995) Transplanation Proc., vol. 27(6): 3349-3350.
.
Belshaw, et al., (1996) PNAS USA, vol. 93: 4604-4607.
.
Borrelli, et al., (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, vol. 85: 7572-7576.
.
Breitman, et al., (1987) Science, vol. 238: 1563-1565.
.
Breitman et al., (1990) Mol. Cell. Biol., vol. 10: 474-479.
.
Brown, et al., (1994) Nature, vol. 369: 756-758.
.
Chen, et al., (1995) PNAS USA, vol. 92: 4947-4951.
.
Chiu et al., (1994) PNAS USA, vol. 91: 12574-12578.
.
Cunningham et al., (1989) Science, vol. 244: 1081-1085.
.
Das et al., (1995) Nature, vol. 374: 657-660.
.
Dennis et al, (1994) J. Biol. Chem, vol. 269: 22129-22136.
.
Ferry et al., (1991) PNAS USA, vol. 88: 8377-8381.
.
Fields et al., (1989) Nature, vol. 340: 245-246.
.
Flotte et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem, vol. 268: 3781-3790.
.
Graef et al., (1997) EMBO J. 16: 5618-5628.
.
Grinfeld, et al., (1994) Tetrahedron Letters, vol. 35: 6835-6838.
.
Helliwell et al., (1994) Mol Biol Cell 5: 105-118.
.
Heyman et al., (1989) PNAS USA, vol. 86: 2698-2702.
.
Hiebert et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA, vol. 86: 3594-3598.
.
Ho, et al., (1996) Nature, vol. 382: 822-826.
.
Holsinger, et al., (1995) PNAS USA, vol. 92: 9810-9814.
.
Hu, (1995) Structure, vol. 3: 431-433.
.
Hu et al., (1990) Science, vol. 250: 1400-1403.
.
Kaneda et al., (1989) Science, vol. 243: 375-378.
.
Kay, (1996) Biochem. J., vol. 314: 361-385.
.
Kordower et al., (1994) PNAS USA, vol 91(23):10898-902.
.
Kunz et al., (1993) Cell, vol. 73: 585-596.
.
Lakey et al., (1995) Transplantation Proc., vol. 27(6): 3266.
.
Liberles et al, (1997) PNAS USA, vol. 94: 7825-7830.
.
Luengo et al., (1995) J. Org. Chem., 59, 6512.
.
Luengo et al., (1995) Current Biology, 2: 471-481.
.
Luengo et al., (1995) Chem & Biol, vol. 2(7): 471-481.
.
Luo, et al., (1996) Nature, vol. 383: 181-185.
.
Muller et al., (1991) MCB, vol. 11: 1785-1792.
.
Palmiter, et al., (1987) Cell, vol. 50: 435-443.
.
Pomeranz, et al., (1995) Science, vol. 267: 93-96.
.
Pruschy et al., (1994) Chemistry & Biology, vol. 1: 163-172.
.
Rajotte et al., (1995) Transplantation Proc. Vol 27: 3389.
.
Riddell, et al., (1996) Nature Med., vol. 2: 216-223.
.
Rivera, et al., (1996) Nature Medicine, vol. 2: 1028-1032.
.
Sabatini et al., (1994) Cell, 78; 35-43.
.
Siekieka et al., (1989) Nature, vol. 341: 755-757.
.
Smith et al., (1997) J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 119: 962-973.
.
Spencer et al., (1995) PNAS USA, vol. 92: 9805-9809.
.
Spencer, et al., (1993) Science, 262:1019-1024.
.
Spencer, et al., (1996) Current Biology, vol. 6: 839-847.
.
Staendart, et al., (1990) Nature, vol. 346: 671-674.
.
Stemmer, (1994) Nature, vol. 370: 389-391.
.
Thomas et al, (1987) Cell, vol. 51: 503-512.
.
Uchiyama, et al., (1993) Peptide Chemistry vol. 31(1):89-92.
.
Van Duyne et al., (1991) J. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. 113: 7433-7434.
.
Winn et al., (1994) PNAS USA, vol. 91(6): 2324-2328.
.
Liberles et al. PNAS USA 94:7825-7830 1997..  
  Primary Examiner:  Guzo; David


  Assistant Examiner:  Lambertson; David A.


  Attorney, Agent or Firm: Berstein; David L.



Parent Case Text



This application is a divisional application of and incorporates by
     reference the full contents of, U.S. Ser. No. 09/012,097 now U.S. Pat. No.
     6,187,757 (filed Jan. 22, 1998 as a continuation in part of U.S. Ser. No.
     08/791,044, filed Jan. 28, 1997, now abandoned which itself is a
     continuation in part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/481,941 (filed Jun. 7, 1995, now
     abandoned) and of U.S. Ser. No. 60/015,502 (filed Feb. 9, 1996) and is
     C-I-P of International Application No. PCT/US96/09948 (filed
     internationally Jun. 7, 1996)

Claims  

What is claimed is:

1.  A method for multimerizing chimeric proteins in cells which comprises: (a) providing cells which contain: (i) a first recombinant nucleic acid encoding a first chimeric
protein which binds to rapamycin or an analog thereof and which comprises at least one FK506-binding protein (FKBP) domain and at least one protein domain heterologous thereto, wherein the FKBP domain comprises a naturally occurring FKBP or a variant
thereof in which up to 10 amino acid residues have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids;  (ii) a second recombinant nucleic acid encoding a second chimeric protein which forms a complex with both (a) rapamycin or a rapamycin
analog and (b) the first chimeric protein, and which comprises at least one FKBP:rapamycin binding (FRB) domain and at least one domain heterologous thereto, wherein the FRB domain comprises a peptide sequence selected from a naturally occurring FRB
domain, or a variant thereof in which up to 10 amino acid residues have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids;  and, (b) contacting the cells with a rapalog which forms a complex containing itself and at least one molecule of
each of the first and second chimeric proteins, where the rapalog has an immunosup-pressive effect less than 0.01 times that of rapamycin and comprises the substructure of formula I: ##STR130## bearing one or more optional substituents, optionally
unsaturated at one or more carbon--carbon bonds spanning carbons 1 through 8, as a substantially pure stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof.


2.  A method for multimerizing chimeric proteins in cells which comprises: (a) providing cells which contain: (i) a first recombinant nucleic acid encoding a first chimeric protein which binds to rapamycin or an analog thereof and which comprises
at least one FKBP domain and at least one protein domain heterologous thereto, wherein the FKBP domain comprises a naturally occurring FKBP or a variant thereof in which up to 10 amino acid residues have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with
substitute amino acids;  (ii) a second recombinant nucleic acid encoding a second chimeric protein which forms a complex with both (a) rapamycin or a rapamycin analog and (b) the first chimeric protein, and which comprises at least one FRB domain and at
least one domain heterologous thereto, wherein the FRB domain comprises a naturally occurring FRB domain or a variant thereof in which up to 10 amino acid residues have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids;  and (b) contacting
the cells with a rapalog which forms a complex containing itself and at least one molecule of each of the first and second chimeric proteins, where the rapalog is of the formula: ##STR131##


wherein one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is --H, halo, --R.sup.2, --OR.sup.1, --SR.sup.1, --OC(O)R.sup.1, --OC(O)NHR.sup.1, --NHR.sup.1, --NHR.sup.1 R.sup.2, --NHC(O)R.sup.1, or --NH--SO.sub.2 --R.sup.1, where R.sup.2 =aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or alkylaryl, R.sup.C30 is halo, --OR.sup.3 or (.dbd.O), R.sup.C24 is .dbd.O, .dbd.NR.sup.4, .dbd.NOR.sup.4, .dbd.NNHR.sup.4, --NHOR.sup.4, --NHNHR.sup.4, --OR.sup.4, --OC(O)R.sup.4, --OC(O)NR.sup.4, halo or --H,
R.sup.C14 is .dbd.O, --OR.sup.6, --NR.sup.6, --H, --NC(O)R.sup.6, --OC(O)R.sup.6 or --OC(O)NR.sup.6 R.sup.3 is H, --R.sup.7, --C(O)R.sup.7 or --C(O)NHR.sup.7 or a cyclic moiety bridging C28 and C30 R.sup.C28 is halo or --OR.sup.3 R.sup.C29 is H, OH or
OMe where each substituent is present in either stereochemical orientation unless otherwise indicated, and where R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7, R.sup.9, and R.sup.10 are independently selected from H, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl or
heteroaryl;  R.sup.8 is H, halo, --CN, .dbd.O, --OH, --NR.sup.9 R.sup.10, OSO.sub.2 CF.sub.3, OSO.sub.2 F, OSO.sub.2 R.sup.4', OCOR.sup.4', OCONR.sup.4' R.sup.5', or OCON(OR4')R.sup.5' ;


in which one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 is a halo substituent;  both R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are other than .dbd.O;  one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is phenyl, di- or tri-substituted phenyl or a mono- or di-substituted
heterocyclic moiety;  n is 1;  and/or moiety ##STR132##


as a substantially pure stereoisomer or mixture of stereoisomers, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof.


3.  The method of claim 2, wherein both R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are moieties other than (.dbd.O).


4.  The method of claim 3 wherein one or both of R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are --OH, --OR1 or halo.


5.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein at least one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is a moiety other than --OMe.


6.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the first recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FKBP domain whose peptide sequence contains up to three amino acid replacements relative to a naturally
occurring FKBP peptide sequence.


7.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the first recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FKBP domain whose peptide sequence contains one amino acid replacement relative to a naturally occurring FKBP
peptide sequence.


8.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the first recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FKBP domain whose peptide sequence contains a replacement amino acid for Phenylalanine-36 of a naturally
occurring FKBP peptide sequence.


9.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the second recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FRB whose peptide sequence contains up to three amino acid replacements relative to a naturally occurring FRB
peptide sequence.


10.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the second recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FRB whose peptide sequence contains one amino acid replacement relative to a naturally occurring FRB peptide
sequence.


11.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the second recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FRB whose peptide sequence contains a replacement amino acid for one or more of Tyr2038, Phe2039, Thr2098,
Gln2099, Trp2101 or Asp2102 in a naturally occurring FRB peptide sequence.


12.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein at least one of the chimeric proteins comprises a heterologous domain which is a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain or a cellular signaling domain for triggering growth, proliferation,
differentiation or apoptosis upon dimerization with another protein containing at least one such signaling domain.


13.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the cells are grown in a culture medium and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by adding the rapalog to the culture medium.


14.  The method of any of claims 1-4 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


15.  The method of any of claims 2-4 wherein the rapalog has an immunosuppressive effect less than 0.01 times that of rapamycin.


16.  The method of claim 15 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


17.  The method of claim 16 wherein the cells are mammalian and the organism is a mammal.


18.  The method claim 17 wherein the cells are of primate origin and the organism is a primate.


19.  The method of claim 17 wherein the rapalog is administered orally.


20.  The method of claim 5 wherein one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is phenyl, di- or tri-substituted phenyl or a mono- or di-substituted heterocyclic moiety.


21.  The method of claim 5 wherein one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is o,p-dialkoxyphenyl or trialkoxyphenyl.


22.  The method of claim 5 wherein one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is o,p-dimethoxyphenyl, o-methoxy-p-ethoxyphenyl, o-ethoxy-p-methoxyphenyl, o,p-diethoxyphenyl, trimethoxyphenyl or triethoxyphenyl.


23.  The method of claim 5 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the first recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FKBP domain whose peptide sequence contains a replacement amino acid for Phenylalanine-36 of a naturally occurring FKBP
peptide sequence.


24.  The method of claim 5 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


25.  The method of claim 6 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the second recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FRB whose peptide sequence contains up to three amino acid replacements relative to a naturally occurring FRB peptide
sequence.


26.  The method of claim 6 wherein the chimeric protein encoded by the second recombinant nucleic acid comprises at least one FRB whose peptide sequence contains a replacement amino acid for one or more of Tyr2038, Phe2039, Thr2098, Gln2099,
Trp2101 or Asp2102 in a naturally occurring FRB peptide sequence.


27.  The method of claim 6 wherein at least one of the chimeric proteins comprises a heterologous domain which is a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain or a cellular signaling domain for triggering growth, proliferation,
differentiation or apoptosis upon dimerization with another protein containing at least one such signaling domain.


28.  The method of claim 6 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


29.  The method of claim 25 wherein at least one of the chimeric proteins comprises a heterologous domain which is a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain or a cellular signaling domain for triggering growth, proliferation,
differentiation or apoptosis upon dimerization with another protein containing at least one such signaling domain.


30.  The method of claim 25 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


31.  The method of claim 30 wherein the cells are of primate origin and the organism is a primate.


32.  The method of claim 31 wherein the primate is a human.


33.  The method of claim 9 wherein at least one of the chimeric proteins comprises a heterologous domain which is a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain or a cellular signaling domain for triggering growth, proliferation,
differentiation or apoptosis upon dimerization with another protein containing at least one such signaling domain.


34.  The method of claim 9 wherein the cells are present in a whole organism and the contacting with a rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to the organism.


35.  The method of claim 14 wherein the cells are mammalian and the organism is a mammal.


36.  The method of claim 35 wherein the rapalog is administered orally.  Description  

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION


Rapamycin is a macrolide antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus which binds to a FK506-binding protein, FKBP, with high affinity to form a rapamycin:FKBP complex.  Reported Kd values for that interaction are as low as 200 pM.  The
rapamycin:FKBP complex binds with high affinity to the large cellular protein, FRAP, to form a tripartite, [FKBP:rapamycin]:[FRAP], complex.  In that complex rapamycin acts as a dimerizer or adapter to join FKBP to FRAP.  ##STR1##


A number of naturally occurring FK506 binding proteins (FKBPs) are known.  See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem.  J. 314:361-385 (review).  FKBP-derived domains have been incorporated in the design of chimeric proteins for use in biological switches in
genetically engineered cells.  Such switches rely upon ligand-mediated multimerization of the protein components to trigger a desired biological event.  See e.g. Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024 and PCT/US94/01617.  While the potent
immunosuppressive activity of FK506 would limit its utility as a multimerizing agent, especially in animals, dimers of FK506 (and related compounds) can be made which lack such immunosuppressive activity.  Such dimers have been shown to be effective for
multimerizing chimeric proteins containing FKBP-derived ligand binding domains.


Rapamycin, like FK506, is also capable of multimerizing appropriately designed chimeric proteins.  We have previously designed biological switches using rapamycin and various derivatives or analogs thereof ("rapalogs") as multimerizing agents
(see WO96/41865).  In the case of rapamycin itself, its significant biological activities, including potent immunosuppressive activity, rather severely limit its use in biological switches in certain applications, especially those in animals or animal
cells which are sensitive to rapamycin.  Improved rapalogs for such applications, especially rapalogs with reduced immunosuppressive activity, would be very desirable.


A large number of structural variants of rapamycin have been reported, typically arising as alternative fermentation products or from synthetic efforts to improve the compound's therapeutic index as an immunosuppressive agent.  For example, the
extensive literature on analogs, homologs, derivatives and other compounds related structurally to rapamycin ("rapalogs") include, among others, variants of rapamycin having one or more of the following modifications relative to rapamycin: demethylation,
elimination or replacement of the methoxy at C7, C42 and/or C29; elimination, derivatization or replacement of the hydroxy at C13, C43 and/or C28; reduction, elimination or derivatization of the ketone at C14, C24 and/or C30; replacement of the
6-membered pipecolate ring with a 5-membered prolyl ring; and alternative substitution on the cyclohexyl ring or replacement of the cyclohexyl ring with a substituted cyclopentyl ring.  Additional historical information is presented in the background
sections of U.S.  Pat.  Nos.  5,525,610; 5,310,903 and 5,362,718.


U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,527,907 is illustrative of the patent literature.  That document discloses a series of compounds which were synthesized in an effort to make immunosuppressive rapalogs with reduced side effects.  The compounds are disclosed via
seven generic structural formulas, each followed by extensive lists (two to five or more columns of text each) setting forth possible substituents at various positions on the rapamycin ring.  The document includes over 180 synthetic examples.  The many
structural variants of that invention were reported to be potent immunosuppressive agents.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION


This invention provides methods and materials for multimerizing chimeric proteins in genetically engineered cells using improved rapalogs, preferably while avoiding the immunosuppressive effects of rapamycin.


The genetically engineered cells contain one or more recombinant nucleic acid constructs encoding specialized chimeric proteins as described herein.  Typically a first chimeric protein contains one or more FKBP domains which are capable of
binding to an improved rapalog of this invention.  This first chimeric protein is also referred to herein as an "FKBP fusion protein" and further comprises at least one protein domain heterologous to at least one of its FKBP domains.  The complex formed
by the binding of the FKBP fusion protein to the rapalog is capable of binding to a second chimeric protein which contains one or more FRB domains (the "FRB fusion protein").  The FRB fusion protein further comprises at least one protein domain
heterologous to at least one of its FRB domains.  In some embodiments, the FKBP fusion protein and the FRB fusion protein are different from one another.  In other embodiments, however, the FKBP fusion protein is also an FRB fusion protein.  In those
embodiments, the chimeric protein comprises one or more FKBP domains as well as one or more FRB domains.  In such cases, the first and second chimeric proteins may be the same protein, may be referred to as FKBP-FRB fusion proteins and contain at least
one domain heterologous to the FKBP and/or FRB domains.


The chimeric proteins may be readily designed, based on incorporation of appropriately chosen heterologous domains, such that their multimerization triggers one-or more of a wide variety of desired biological responses.  The nature -of the
biological response triggered by rapalog-mediated complexation is determined by the choice of heterologous domains in the fusion proteins.  The heterologous domains are therefore referred to as "action" or "effector" domains.  The genetically engineered
cells for use in practicing this invention will contain one or more recombinant nucleic acid constructs encoding the chimeric proteins, and in certain applications, will further contain one or more accessory nucleic acid constructs, such as one or more
target gene constructs.  Illustrative biological responses, applications of the system and types of accessory nucleic acid constructs are discussed in detail below.


A system involving related materials and methods is disclosed in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al) and is expected to be useful in a variety of applications including, among others, research uses and therapeutic applications.  That system involves the
use of a multimerizing agent comprising rapamycin or a rapalog of the generic formula: ##STR2##


wherein U is --H, --OR.sup.1, --SR.sup.1, --OC(O)R.sup.1, --OC(O)NHR.sup.1, --NHR.sup.1, --NHC(O)R.sup.1, --NHSO.sub.2 --R.sup.1 or --R.sup.2 ; R.sup.2 is a substituted aryl or allyl or alkylaryl (e.g. benzyl or substituted benzyl); V is
--R.sup.3 or (.dbd.O); W is .dbd.O, .dbd.NR.sup.4.dbd.NOR.sup.4, .dbd.NNHR.sup.4, --NHOR.sup.4, --NHNHR.sup.4, --OR.sup.4, --OC(O)R.sup.4, --OC(O)NR.sup.4 or --H; Y is --OR.sup.5, --OC(O)R.sup.5 or --OC(O)NHR.sup.5 ; Z is .dbd.O, --OR.sup.6, --NR.sup.6,
--H, --NC(O)R.sup.6, --OC(O)R.sup.6 or --OC(O)NR.sup.6 ; R.sup.3 is H, --R.sup.7, --C(O)R.sup.7, --C(O)NHR.sup.7 or C-28/C-30 cyclic carbonate; and R.sup.4 is H or alkyl; where R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.6 and R.sup.7 are independently selected
from H, alkyl, alkylaryl or aryl, as those terms are defined in WO 96/41865.  A number of rapalogs are specifically disclosed in that document.


The subject invention is based upon a system similar to that disclosed in WO 96/41865, but involves the use of improved rapalogs as the multimerizing agents.  The subject invention thus provides a method for multimerizing chimeric proteins in
cells which comprises (a) providing appropriately engineered cells containing nucleic acid constructs for directing the expression of the desired chimeric protein(s) and any desired accessory recombinant constructs, and (b) contacting the cells with an
improved rapalog or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof as described herein.  The rapalog forms a complex containing itself and at least two molecules of the chimeric protein(s).  Improved rapalogs for use in this invention include the
following.


One class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention consists of those compounds which comprise the substructure shown in Formula I: ##STR3##


bearing any number of a variety of substituents, and optionally unsaturated at one or more carbon--carbon bonds unless specified to the contrary herein, which have a substantially reduced immunosuppressive effect as compared with rapamycin.  By a
"substantially reduced immunosuppressive effect" we mean that the rapalog has less than 0.1, preferably less than 0.01, and even more preferably, less than 0.005 times the immunosuppressive effect observed or expected with an equimolar amount of
rapamycin, as measured either clinically or in an appropriate in vitro or in vivo surrogate of human immunosuppressive activity, preferably carried out on tissues of lymphoid origin, or alternatively, that the rapalog yields an EC50 value in such an in
vitro assay which is at least ten times, preferably at least 100 times and more preferably at least 250 times larger than the EC50 value observed for rapamycin in the same assay.


One appropriate in vitro surrogate of immunosuppression in a human patient is inhibition of human T cell proliferation in vitro.  This is a conventional assay approach that may be conducted in a number of well known variations using various human
T cells or cells lines, including among others human PBLs and Jurkat cells.  A rapalog may thus be assayed for human immunosuppressive activity and compared with rapamycin.  A decrease in immunosuppressive activity relative to rapamycin measured in an
appropriate in vitro assay is predictive of a decrease in immunosuppressive activity in humans, relative to rapamycin.  Such in vitro assays may be used to evaluate the rapalog's relative immunosuppressive activity.


A variety of illustrative examples of such rapalogs are disclosed herein.  This class of improved rapalogs includes, among others, those which bind to human FKBP12, or inhibit its rotamase activity, within an order of magnitude of results
obtained with rapamycin in any conventional FKBP binding or rotamase assay.


Other classes of improved rapalogs for use in this invention are defined with reference to the structure shown in Formula II: ##STR4##


and,


one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is --H, halo, --R.sup.2, --OR.sup.1, --SR.sup.1, --OC(O)R.sup.1 or --OC(O)NHR.sup.1, --NHR.sup.1, --NR.sup.1 R.sup.2, --NHC(O)R.sup.1, or --NH--SO.sub.2 --R.sup.1 where R.sup.2 =aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or alkylaryl (e.g. benzyl or substituted benzyl); R.sup.C30 is halo, --OR.sup.3 or (.dbd.O); R.sup.C24 is .dbd.O, .dbd.NR.sup.4, .dbd.NOR.sup.4, .dbd.NNHR.sup.4, .dbd.NHOR.sup.4, .dbd.NHNHR.sup.4, .dbd.OR.sup.4,
--OC(O)R.sup.4 or --OC(O)NR.sup.4, halo or --H; R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 are independently H, halo, --OR.sup.3, --OR.sup.5, --OC(O)R.sup.5, --OC(O)NHR.sup.5, --SR.sup.5, --SC(O)R.sup.5, --SC(O)NHR.sup.5, --NR.sup.5 R.sup.5' or --N(R.sup.5)(CO)R.sup.5' ;
R.sup.C14 is .dbd.O, --OR.sup.6, --NR.sup.6, --H, --NC(O)R.sup.6, --OC(O)R.sup.6 or --OC(O)NR.sup.6 ; R.sup.3 is H, --R.sup.7, --C(O)R.sup.7 or --C(O)NHR.sup.7 or a cyclic moiety (e.g., carbonate) bridging C28 and C30; and, R.sup.C29 is H or OR.sup.11
(e.g., OH or OMe);


where each substituent may be present in either stereochemical orientation unless otherwise indicated, and where wach occurence of R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7, R.sup.9, R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from H,
aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, and heteroaryl; and R.sup.8 is H, halo, --CN, .dbd.O, --OH, --NR.sup.9 R.sup.10, OSO.sub.2 CF.sub.3, OSO.sub.2 F, OSO.sub.2 R.sup.4', OCOR.sup.4', OCONR.sup.4' R.sup.5', or OCON(OR.sup.4')R.sup.5'.


Improved rapalogs useful in praticing this invention, including rapalogs of Formula II, may contain substituents in any of the possible stereoisomeric orientations, and may comprise one stereoisomer subtantially free of other stereoisomers
(>90%, and preferable >95%, free from other stereoisomers on a molar basis) or may comprise a mixture of stereoisomers.


One class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention which are of particular interest are rapalogs of Formula II wherein one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 is independently H, halo, --OR.sup.3, --OR.sup.5, --OC(O)R.sup.5,
--OC(O)NHR.sup.5, --SR.sup.5, --SC(O)R.sup.5, --SC(O)NHR.sup.5, --NR.sup.5 R.sup.5' or --N(R.sup.5)(CO)R.sup.5', where each halo moiety is independently selected form F, Cl, Br and I. One subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin only
at one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28.  Another subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin at one or more additional positions, as set forth above in connection with Formula II or in connection with any of the other classes of
improved rapalogs noted herein.  Compounds of both subsets which are of particular note are those in which one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 is a helo substituent, independently selected from F, Cl, Br and I, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino
moiety or acylated derivative thereof.  These compounds include the 13-halo rapamycins, 28-halo rapamycins, 13, 28-dihalo rapamycins and related compounds in which one or more other moities (e.g. one or both substituents at C7, for instance), in addition
to the C13 and C28 substituents, differ from the corresponding moiety(ies) in rapamycin.


Another class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention which are of particular interest are rapalogs of Formula II wherein both R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are other than .dbd.O.  This class includes 24, 30-tetrahydro rapamycin and mono and
diethers thereof and the 24,30-dihalo rapamycins.  One subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin only at R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30.  Another subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin at one or more additional positions
(e.g. one or both substituents at C7, for instance), as set forth above in connection with Formula II or in connection with any of the other classes of improved rapalogs noted herein.


Another class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention which are of particular interest are rapalogs of Formula II wherein R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b are moieties other than a substituted or unsubstituted allyl group or a methoxy moiety.  This
class includes rapalogs in which one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is phenyl, di- or tri-substituted phenyl or a mono- or di-substituted heterocyclic moiety.  Illustrative examples include among others, o,p-dialkoxyphenyl substituents
(e.g., o,p-dimethoxyphenyl, o-methoxy-p-ethoxyphenyl, o-ethoxy-p-methoxyphenyl, o,p-diethoxyphenyl, o,p-di (n- or iso-)propoxyphenyl, etc.), trialkoxyphenyl substituents, monosubstituted heterocycles such as methylthiophene, etc. One subset of such
compounds differs in structure from rapamycin only at R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30.  Another subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin at one or more additional position, as set forth above in connection with Formula II or in connection
with any of the other classes of improved rapalogs noted herein.


Another class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention which are of particular interest are rapalogs of Formula II wherein n is 1.  This class of rapalogs includes rapalogs comprising a prolyl ring system in place of a pipicolate ring
system.  One subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin only with respect to the pipicolate ring system.  Another subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin with respect to one or more additional structural features
(e.g. one or both substituents at C7, for instance), as set forth above in connection with Formula II or in connection with any of the other classes of improved rapalogs noted herein.


Another class of improved rapalogs for use in this invention which are of particular interest are rapalogs of Formula II wherein moiety "a" is other than ##STR5##


One subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin only with respect to the ring system, "a".  Another subset of such compounds differs in structure from rapamycin with respect to one or more additional structural features (e.g. one
or both substituents at C7, for instance), as set forth above in connection with Formula II or in connection with any of the other classes of improved rapalogs noted herein.  This class of rapalogs include the class of 43-epi-rapalogs in which the
hydroxyl moiety at position 43 has the opposite stereochemical orientation with that shown immediately above, is a mixture of stereoisomers of the 43-hydroxyl group or contains derivatives of any of the foregoing, including ethers, esters, carbamates,
halides and other derivatives of any of the foregoing position 43 rapalogs.  This class further includes rapalogs in which the cyclohexyl ring is otherwise substituted and/or contains 5 ring atoms in place of the characteristic substituted cyclohexyl
ring of rapamycin.


Again, the improved rapalogs as described herein are used in a method for multimerizing chimeric proteins in genetically engineered cells.  The method involves (a) providing appropriately engineered cells containing nucleic acid constructs for
directing the expression of the desired chimeric proteins (and any desired accessory recombinant constructs), and (b) contacting the cells with an improved rapalog or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof.


In one embodiment, at least one of the chimeric proteins contains at least one FKBP domain whose peptide sequence differs from a naturally occurring FKBP peptide sequence, e.g. the peptide sequence of human FKBP12, at up to ten amino acid
residues in the peptide sequence.  Preferably the number of changes in peptide sequence is limited to five, and more preferably to 1, 2, or 3.  In embodiments in which the rapalog comprises a structural modification relative to rapamycin at R.sup.C28, at
R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30, and/or at R.sup.C7a and/or R.sup.C7b, it is also of special interest that at least one of the chimeric proteins contains at least one FKBP domain comprising at least one amino acid replacement relative to the sequence of a
naturally occurring FKBP, especially a mammalian FKBP such as human FKBP12.  Mutations of particular interest include replacement of either or both of Phe36 and Phe99 of human FKBP12 sequence with independently selected replacement amino acids, e.g.
valine, methionine, alanine or serine.


In another embodiment, at least one of the chimeric proteins contains at least one FRB domain whose peptide sequence differs from a naturally occurring FRB peptide sequence, e.g. the FRB domain of human FRAP, at up to ten amino acid residues in
the peptide sequence.  Preferably the number of changes in peptide sequence is limited to five, and more preferably to 1, 2, or 3.  in many cases it will be preferred that the FRB domain contains a single amino acid replacement relative to the peptide
sequence of the corresponding FRB domain of human FRAP or some other mammalian FRAP/TOR species.  Mutations of particular interest include replacement of one or more of T2098, D2102, Y2038, F2039, K2095 of an FRB domain derived from human FRAP with
independently selected replacement amino acids, e.g. A, N, H, L, or S. Also of interest are the replacement of one or more of F1975, F1976, D2039 and N2035 of an FRB domain derived from yeast TOR1, or the replacement of one or more of F1978, F1979, D2042
and N2038 of an FRB domain derived from yeast TOR2, with independently selected replacement amino acids, e.g. H, L, S, A or V.


In certain embodiments the chimeric protein(s) contain at least one modification in peptide sequence, preferably up to three modifications, relative to naturally occurring sequences, in both one or more FKBP domains and one or more FRB domains.


As mentioned previously, in the various embodiments of this invention, the chimeric protein(s) contain one or more "action" or "effector" domains which are heterologous with respect to the FKBP and/or FRB domains.  Effector domains may be
selected from a wide variety of protein domains including DNA binding domains, transcription activation domains, cellular localization domains and signaling domains (i.e., domains which are capable upon clustering or multimerization, of triggering cell
growth, proliferation, differentiation, apoptosis, gene transcription, etc.).  A variety of illustrative effector domains which may be used in practising this invention are disclosed in the various scientific and patent documents cited herein.


For example, in certain embodiments, one fusion protein contains at least one DNA binding domain (e.g., a GAL4 or ZFHD1 DNA-binding domain) and another fusion protein contains at least one transcription activation domain (e.g., a VP16 or p65
transcription activation domain).  Ligand-mediated association of the fusion proteins represents the formation of a transcription factor complex and leads to initiation of transcription of a target gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (i.e.,
capable of binding with) the DNA-binding domain on one of the fusion proteins.


In other embodiments, one fusion protein contains at least one domain capable of directing the fusion protein to a particular cellular location such as the cell membrane, nucleus, ER or other organelle or cellular component.  Localization domains
which target the cell membrane, for example, include domains such as a myristoylation site or a transmembrane region of a receptor protein or other membrane-spanning protein.  Another fusion protein can contain a signaling domain capable, upon membrane
localization and/or clustering, of activating a cellular signal transduction pathway.  Examples of signaling domains include an intracellular domain of a growth factor or cytokine receptor, an apoptosis triggering domain such as the intracellular domain
of FAS or TNF-R1, and domains derived from other intracellular signaling proteins such as SOS, Raf, Ick, ZAP-70, etc. A number of signaling proteins are disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 (see e.g. pages 23-26).  In still other embodiments, each of the fusion
proteins contains at least one FRB domain and at least one FKBP domain, as well as one or more heterologous domains.  Such fusion proteins are capable of homodimerization and triggering signaling in the presence of the rapalog.  In general, domains
containing peptide sequence endogenous to the host cell are preferred in applications involving whole organisms.  Thus, for human gene therapy applications, domains of human origin are of particular interest.


Recombinant nucleic acid constructs encoding the fusion proteins are also provided, as are nucleic acid constructs capable of directing their expression, and vectors containing such constructs for introducing them into cells, particularly
eukaryotic cells, of which yeast and animal cells are of particular interest.  In view of the constituent components of the fusion proteins, the recombinant DNA molecules which encode them are capable of selectively hybridizing (a) to a DNA molecule
encoding a polypeptide comprising an FRB domain or FKBP domain and (b) to a DNA molecule encoding the heterologous domain or a protein from which the heterologous protein domain was derived.  DNAs are also encompassed which would be capable of so
hybridizing but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.


Using nucleic acid sequences encoding the fusion proteins, nucleic acid constructs for directing their expression in eukaryotic cells, and vectors or other means for introducing such constructs into cells, especially animal cells, one may
genetically engineer cells, particularly animal cells, preferably mammlian cells, and most preferably human cells, for a number of important uses.  To do so, one first provides an expression vector or nucleic acid construct for directing the expression
in a eukaryotic (preferably animal) cell of the desired chimeric protein(s) and then introduces the recombinant DNA into the cells in a manner permitting DNA uptake and expression of the introduced DNA in at least a portion of the cells.  One may use any
of the various methods and materials for introducing DNA into cells for heterologous gene expression, a variety of which are well known and/or commercially available.


One object of this invention is thus a method for multimerizing fusion proteins, such as described herein, in cells, preferably animal cells.  To recap, one of the fusion proteins is capable of binding to the improved rapalog of this invention
and contains at least one FKBP domain and at least one domain heterologous thereto.  The second fusion protein contains at least one FRB domain and at least one domain heterologous thereto and is capable of forming a tripartite complex with the first
fusion protein and one or more molecules of the improved rapalog.  In some embodiments one or more of the heterologous domains present on one of the fusion proteins are also present on the other fusion protein, i.e., the two fusion proteins have one or
more common heterologous domains.  In other embodiments, each fusion protein contains one or more different heterologous domains.


The method comprises contacting appropriately engineered cells with the improved rapalog by adding the rapalog to the culture medium in which the cells are located or administering the rapalog to the organism in which the cells are located.  The
cells are preferably eukaryotic cells, more preferably animal cells, and most preferably mammalian cells.  Primate cells, especially human cells, are of particular interest.  Administration of the improved rapalog to a human or non-human animal may be
effected using any pharmaceutically acceptable formulation and route of administration.  Oral administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition containing the improved rapalog together with one or more pharmaceuticaly acceptable carriers,
buffers or other excipients is currently of greatest interest.


A specific object of this invention is a method, as otherwise described above, for inducing transcription of a target gene in a rapalog-dependent manner.  The cells typically contain, in addition to recombinant DNAs encoding the two fusion
proteins, a target gene construct which comprises a target gene operably linked to a DNA sequence which is responsive to the presence of a complex of the fusion proteins with rapamycin or a rapalog.  The target gene construct may be recombinant, and the
target gene and/or a regulatory nucleic acid sequence linked thereto may be heterologous with respect to the host cell.  In certain embodiments the cells are responsive to contact with an improved rapalog which binds to the FKBP fusion protein and
participates in a complex with a FRB fusion protein with a detectable preference over binding to endogenous FKBP and/or FRB-containing proteins of the host cell.


Another specific object of this invention is a method, as otherwise described above, for inducing cell death in a rapalog-dependent manner.  In such cells, at least one of the heterologous domains on at least one fusion protein, and usually two
fusion proteins, is a domain such as the intracellular domain of FAS or TNF-R1, which, upon clustering, triggers apoptosis of the cell.


Another specific object of this invention is a method, as otherwise described above, for inducing cell growth, differentiation or proliferation in a rapalog-dependent manner.  In such cells, at least one of the heterologous domains of at least
one of the fusion proteins is a signaling domain such as, for example, the intracellular domain of a receptor for a hormone which mediates cell growth, differentiation or proliferation, or a downstream mediator of such a receptor.  Cell growth,
differentiation and/or proliferation follows clustering of such signalling domains.  Such clustering occurs in nature following hormone binding, and in engineered cells of this invention following contact with an improved rapalog.


Cells of human origin are preferred for human gene therapy applications, although cell types of various origins (human or other species) may be used, and may, if desired, be encapsulated within a biocompatible material for use in human subjects.


Also provided are materials and methods for producing the foregoing engineered cells.  This object is met by providing recombinant nucleic acids, typically DNA molecules, encoding the fusion proteins, together with any desired ancillary
recombinant nucleic acids such as a target gene construct, and introducing the recombinant nucleic acids into the host cells under conditions permitting nucleic acid uptake by cells.  Such transfection may be effected ex vivo, using host cells maintained
in culture.  Cells that are engineered in culture may subsequently be introduced into a host organism, e.g. in ex vivo gene therapy applications.  Doing so thus constitutes a method for providing a host organism, preferably a human or non-human mammal,
which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of an improved rapalog as provided herein.  Alternatively transfection may be effected in vivo, using host cells present in a human or non-human host organism.  In such cases, the nucleic acid
molecules are introduced directly into the host organism under conditions permitting uptake of nucleic acids by one or more of the host organism's cells.  This approach thus constitutes an alternative method for providing a host organism, preferably a
human or non-human mammal, which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of an improved rapalog.  Various materials and methods for the introduction of DNA and RNA into cells in culture or in whole organisms are known in the art and may be
adapted for use in practicing this invention.


Other objects are achieved using the engineered cells described herein.  For instance, a method is provided for multimerizing fusion proteins of this invention by contacting cells engineered as described herein with an effective amount of the
improved rapalog permitting the rapalog to form a complex with the fusion proteins.  In embodiments in which multimerization of the fusion proteins triggers transcription of a target gene, this constitutes a method for activating the expression of the
target gene.  In embodiments in which the fusion proteins contain one or more signaling domains, this constitutes a method for activating a cellular signal transduction pathway.  In specific embodiments in which the signaling domains are selected based
on their ability following clustering to trigger cell growth, proliferation, diffeentiation or cell death, improved rapalog-mediated clustering constitutes a method for actuating cell growth, proliferation, diffeentiation or cell death, as the case may
be.  These methods may be carried out in cell culture or in whole organisms, including human patients.  In the former case, the rapamycin or rapalog is added to the culture medium.  In the latter case, the rapamycin or rapalog (which may be in the form
of a pharmaceutical or veterinary composition) is administered to the whole organism, e.g., orally, parenterally, etc. Preferably, the dose of the improved rapalog administered to an animal is below the dosage level that would cause undue
immunosuppression in the recipient.


Also disclosed are kits for use in the genetic engineering of cells or human or non-human animals as described herein.  One such kit contains one or more recombinant nucleic acid constructs encoding fusion proteins of this invention.  The
recombinant nucleic acid constructs will generally be in the form of eukaryotic expression vectors suitable for introduction into animal cells and capable of directing the expression of the fusion proteins therein.  Such vectors may be viral vectors as
described elsewhere herein.  The kit may also contain a sample of an improved rapalog of this invention capable of forming a complex with the encoded fusion proteins.  The kit may further contain a multimerization antagonist such as FK506 or some other
compound capable of binding to one of the fusion proteins but incapable of forming a complex with both.  In certain embodiments, the recombinant nucleic acid constructs encoding the fusion proteins will contain a cloning site in place of DNA encoding one
or more of the heterologous domains, thus permitting the practitioner to introduce DNA encoding a heterologous domain of choice.  In some embodiments the kit may also contain a target gene construct containing a target gene or cloning site linked to a
DNA sequence responsive to the presence of the complexed fusion proteins, as described in more detail elsewhere.  The kit may contain a package insert identifying the enclosed nucleic acid construct(s), and/or instructions for introducing the
construct(s) into host cells or organisms. 

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES


FIG. 1 demonstrates the ability of 13-F-rapalogs (compounds 79 and 108, synthesized as described in Examples 6.1 and 6.21, respectively) to stimulate expression of a DNA sequence encoding secreted alkaline phosphatase ("SEAP") in HT1080 cells
engineered as described in Example 7.


FIG. 2A depicts results of transcription assays using rapalog 96, synthesized as described herein, as the dimerizer.  The rapalog was tested in cells expressing wild-type FRB.  A rapamycin control is shown.


FIG. 2B depicts results of transcription assays using rapalog 96, synthesized as described herein, as the dimerizer.  The rapalog was tested in cells expressing a mutant FRB in which Thr 2098 was replaced by Leu.  A rapamycin control is shown.


FIG. 2C depicts results of transcription assays using rapalogs 42, 53 and 69, synthesized as described herein, as the dimerizers.  The rapalogs were tested in cells expressing wild-type FRB.  A rapamycin control is shown.


FIG. 2D depicts results of transcription assays using rapalogs 42, 53 and 69, synthesized as described herein, as the dimerizers.  The rapalogs were tested in cells expressing a mutant FRB in which Thr 2098 was replaced by Leu.  A rapamycin
control is shown.


FIG. 2E depicts results of transcription assays using rapalogs 42, 53 and 69, synthesized as described herein, as the dimerizers.  The rapalogs were tested in cells expressing a mutant FRB in which Thr 2098 was replaced by Phe.  A rapamycin
control is shown. 

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION


Definitions


The definitions and orienting information below will be helpful for a full understanding of this document.


FRB domains are polypeptide regions (protein "domains"), typically of at least about 89 amino acid residues, which are capable of forming a tripartite complex with an FKBP protein and rapamycin (or an improved rapalog of this invention).  FRB
domains are present in a number of naturally occurring proteins, including FRAP proteins (also referred to in the literature as "RAPT1" or RAFT") from human and other species; yeast proteins including Tor1 and Tor2; and a Candida FRAP homolog. 
Information concerning the nucleotide sequences, cloning, and other aspects of these proteins is already known in the art, permitting the synthesis or cloning of DNA encoding the desired FRB peptide sequence, e.g., using well known methods and PCR
primers based on published sequences.


 protein source reference/sequence accession numbers  human FRAP Brown et al, 1994, Nature 369, 756-758;  GenBank accession #L34075, NCBI Seq ID 508481;  Chiu et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91, 12574-12578;  Chen et al, 1995, PNAS USA 92, 4947-4951 
murine RAPT1 Chiu et al, supra.  yeast Tor1 Helliwell et al, 1994, Mol Cell Biol 5, 105-118;  EMBL Accession #X74857, NCBI Seq Id #468738  yeast Tor 2 Kunz et al, 1993, Cell 73, 585-596;  EMBL Accession #X71416, NCBI Seq ID 298027  Candida TOR WO95/33052
(Berlin et al)


FRB domains for use in this invention generally contain at least about 89-100 amino acid residues.  FIG. 2 of Chiu et al, supra, displays a 160-amino acid span of human FRAP, murine FRAP, S. cerevisiae TOR1 and S. cerevisiae TOR2 encompassing the
conserved FRB region.  Typically the FRB sequence selected for use in fusion proteins of this invention will span at least the 89-amino acid sequence Glu-39 through Lys/Arg-127, as the sequence is numbered in that figure.  For reference, using the
numbering of Chen et al or Sabitini et al, the 89-amino acid sequence is numbered Glu-2025 through Lys-2113 in the case of human FRAP, Glu-1965 through Lys-2053 in the case of Tor2, and Glu-1962 through Arg-2050 in the case of Tor1.  An FRB domain for
use in fusion proteins of this invention will be capable of binding to a complex of an FKBP protein bound to rapamycin or an improved rapalog of this invention (as may be determined by any means, direct or indirect, for detecting such binding, including,
for example, means for detecting such binding employed in the FRAP/RAFT/RAPT and Tor-related references cited herein).  The peptide sequence of such an FRB domain comprises (a) a naturally occurring peptide sequence spanning at least the indicated
89-amino acid region of the proteins noted above or corresponding regions of homologous proteins; (b) a variant of a naturally occurring FRB sequence in which up to about ten (preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and in some embodiments just one) amino
acids of the naturally-occurring peptide sequence have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids; or (c) a peptide sequence encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally
occurring FRB domain or by a DNA sequence which would be capable, but for the degeneracy of the genetic code, of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FRB domain.


FKBPs (FK506 binding proteins) are the cytosolic receptors for macrolides such as FK506, FK520 and rapamycin and are highly conserved across species lines.  For the purpose of this disclosure, FKBPs are proteins or protein domains which are
capable of binding to rapamycin or to an improved rapalog of this invention and further forming a tripartite complex with an FRB-containing protein.  An FKBP domain may also be referred to as a "rapamycin binding domain".  Information concerning the
nucleotide sequences, cloning, and other aspects of various FKBP species is already known in the art, permitting the synthesis or cloning of DNA encoding the desired FKBP peptide sequence, e.g., using well known methods and PCR primers based on published
sequences.  See e.g. Staendart et al, 1990, Nature 346, 671-674 (human FKBP12); Kay, 1996, Biochem.  J. 314, 361-385 (review).  Homologous FKBP proteins in other mammalian species, in yeast, and in other organsims are also known in the art and may be
used in the fusion proteins disclosed herein.  See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem.  J. 314, 361-385 (review).  The size of FKBP domains for use in this invention varies, depending on which FKBP protein is employed.  An FKBP domain of a fusion protein of this
invention will be capable of binding to rapamycin or an improved rapalog of this invention and participating in a tripartite complex with an FRB-containing protein (as may be determined by any means, direct or indirect, for detecting such binding).  The
peptide sequence of an FKBP domain of an FKBP fusion protein of this invention comprises (a) a naturally occurring FKBP peptide sequence, preferably derived from the human FKBP12 protein (exemplified below) or a peptide sequence derived from another
human FKBP, from a murine or other mammalian FKBP, or from some other animal, yeast or fungal FKBP; (b) a variant of a naturally occurring FKBP sequence in which up to about ten (preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and in some embodiments just one)
amino acids of the naturally-occurring peptide sequence have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids; or (c) a peptide sequence encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally
occurring FKBP or by a DNA sequence which would be capable, but for the degeneracy of the genetic code, of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FKBP.


"Capable of selectively hybridizing" as that phrase is used herein means that two DNA molecules are susceptible to hybridization with one another, despite the presence of other DNA molecules, under hybridization conditions which can be chosen or
readily determined empirically by the practitioner of ordinary skill in this art.  Such treatments include conditions of high stringency such as washing extensively with buffers containing 0.2 to 6.times.SSC, and/or containing 0.1% to 1% SDS, at
temperatures ranging from room temperature to 65-75.degree.  C. See for example F. M. Ausubel et al., Eds, Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Units 6.3 and 6.4 (John Wiley and Sons, New York, 3d Edition, 1995).


The terms "protein", "polypeptide" and "peptide" are used interchangeably herein.


"Nucleic acid constructs", as that term is used herein, denote nucleic acids (usually DNA, but also encompassing RNA, e.g. in a retroviral delivery system) used in the practice of this invention which are generally recombinant, as that term is
defined below, and which may exist in free form (i.e., not covalently linked to other nucleic acid sequence) or may be present within a larger molecule such as a DNA vector, retroviral or other viral vector or a chromosome of a genetically engineered
host cell.  Nucleic acid constructs of particular interest are those which encode fusion proteins of this invention or which comprise a target gene and expression control elements.  The construct may further include nucleic acid portions comprising one
or more of the following elements relevant to regulation of transcription, translation, and/or other processing of the coding region or gene product thereof: transcriptional promoter and/or enhancer sequences, a ribosome binding site, introns, etc.


"Recombinant", "chimeric" and "fusion", as those terms are used herein, denote materials comprising various component domains, sequences or other components which are mutually heterologous in the sense that they do not occur together in the same
arrangement, in nature.  More specifically, the component portions are not found in the same continuous polypeptide or nucleotide sequence or molecule in nature, at least not in the same cells or order or orientation or with the same spacing present in
the chimeric protein or recombinant DNA molecule of this invention.


"Transcription control element" denotes a regulatory DNA sequence, such as initiation signals, enhancers, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences with which they are operably linked.  The term "enhancer"
is intended to include regulatory elements capable of increasing, stimulating, or enhancing transcription from a promoter.  Such transcription regulatory components can be present upstream of a coding region, or in certain cases (e.g. enhancers), in
other locations as well, such as in introns, exons, coding regions, and 3' flanking sequences.


"Dimerization", "oligomerization" and "multimerization" are used interchangeably herein and refer to the association or clustering of two or more protein molecules, mediated by the binding of a drug to at least one of the proteins.  In preferred
embodiments, the multimerization is mediated by the binding of two or more such protein molecules to a common divalent or multivalent drug.  The formation of a complex comprising two or more protein molecules, each of which containing one or more FKBP
domains, together with one or more molecules of an FKBP ligand which is at least divalent (e.g. FK1012 or AP1510) is an example of such association or clustering.  In cases where at least one of the proteins contains more than one drug binding domain,
e.g., where at least one of the proteins contains three FKBP domains, the presence of a divalent drug leads to the clustering of more than two protein molecules.  Embodiments in which the drug is more than divalent (e.g. trivalent) in its ability to bind
to proteins bearing drug binding domains also can result in clustering of more than two protein molecules.  The formation of a tripartite complex comprising a protein containing at least one FRB domain, a protein containing at least one FKBP domain and a
molecule of rapamycin is another example of such protein clustering.  In certain embodiments of this invention, fusion proteins contain multiple FRB and/or FKBP domains.  Complexes of such proteins may contain more than one molecule of rapamycin or a
derivative thereof or other dimerizing agent and more than one copy of one or more of the constituent proteins.  Again, such multimeric complexes are still referred to herein as tripartite complexes to indicate the presence of the three types of
constituent molecules, even if one or more are represented by multiple copies.  The formation of complexes containing at least one divalent drug and at least two protein molecules, each of which contains at least one drug binding domain, may be referred
to as "oligomerization" or "multimerization", or simply as "dimerization", "clustering" or association".


"Dimerizer" denotes an improved rapalog of this invention which brings together two or more proteins in a multimeric complex.


"Activate" as applied herein to the expression or transcription of a gene denotes a directly or indirectly observable increase in the production of a gene product.


"Genetically engineered cells" denotes cells which have been modified ("transduced") by the introduction of recombinant or heterologous nucleic acids (e.g. one or more DNA constructs or their RNA counterparts) and further includes the progeny of
such cells which retain part or all of such genetic modification.


A "therapeutically effective dose" of an improved rapalog of this invention denotes a treatment- or prophylaxis-effective dose, e.g., a dose which yields detectable target gene transcription or cell growth, proliferation, differentiation, death,
etc. in the genetically engineered cell, or a dose which is predicted to be treatment- or prophylaxis-effective by extrapolation from data obtained in animal or cell culture models.  A therapeutically effective dose is ususally preferred for the
treatment of a human or non-human mammal.


This invention involves methods and materials for multimerizing chimeric proteins in genetically engineered cells using improved rapalogs.  The design and implementation of various dimerization-based biological switches has been reported, inter
alia, in Spencer et al and in various international patent applications cited herein.  Other accounts of successful application of this general approach have also been reported.  Chimeric proteins containing an FRB domain fused to an effector domain has
also been disclosed in Rivera et al, 1996, Nature Medicine 2, 1028-1032 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al) and WO 95/33052 (Berlin et al).  As noted previously, the fusion proteins are designed such that association of the effector domains, through
ligand-mediated "dimerization" or "multimerization" of the fusion proteins which contain them, triggers a desired biological event such as transcription of a desired gene, cell death, cell proliferation, etc. For example, clustering of chimeric proteins
containing an action domain derived from the intracellular portion of the T cell receptor CD3 zeta domain triggers transcription of a gene under the transcriptional control of the IL-2 promoter or promoter elements derived therefrom.  In other
embodiments, the action domain comprises a domain derived from the intracellular portion of a protein such as FAS or the TNF-alpha receptor (TNFalpha-R1), which are capable, upon oligomerization, of triggering apoptosis of the cell.  In still other
embodiments, the action domains comprise a DNA-binding domain such as GAIA or ZFHD1 and a transcription activation domain such as VP16 or p65, paired such that oligomerization of the chimeric proteins represents assembly of a transcription factor complex
which triggers transcription of a gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (capable of specific binding interaction with) the DNA binding domain.


Chimeric proteins containing one or more ligand-binding domains and one or more action domains, e.g. for activation of transcription of a target gene, triggering cell death or other signal transduction pathway, cellular localization, etc., are
disclosed in PCT/US94/01617, PCT/US94/08008 and Spencer et al, supra.  The design and use of such chimeric proteins for ligand-mediated gene-knock out and for ligand-mediated blockade of gene expression or inhibition of gene product function are
disclosed in PCT/US95/10591.  Novel DNA binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind which are useful in embodiments involving regulated transcription of a target gene are disclosed, e.g., in Pomeranz et al, 1995, Science 267:93-96.  Those
references provide substantial information, guidance and examples relating to the design, construction and use of DNA constructs encoding analogous cimeras, target gene constructs, and other aspects which may also be useful to the practitioner of the
subject invention.


By appropriate choice of chimeric proteins, this invention permits one to activate the transcription of a desired gene; actuate cell growth, proliferation, differentiaion or apoptosis; or trigger other biological events in engineered cells in a
rapalog-dependent manner analogous to the systems described in the patent documents and other references cited above.  The engineered cells preferably animal cells, may be growing or maintained in culture or may be present within whole organisms, as in
the case of human gene therapy, transgenic animals, and other such applications.  The rapalog is administered to the cell culture or to the organism containing the engineered cells, as the case may be, in an amount effective to multimerize the FKBP
fusion proteins and FRB fusion proteins (as may be observed indirectly by monitoring target gene transcription, apoptosis or other biological process so triggered).  In the case of administration to whole organisms, the rapalog may be administered in a
composition containing the rapalog and one or more acceptable verterinary or pharmaceutical diluents and/or excipients.


A compound which binds to one of the chimeric proteins but does not form tripartite complexes with both chimeric proteins may be used as a multimerization antagonist.  As such it may be administered to the engineered cells, or to organisms
containing them (preferably in a composition as described above in the case of administration to whole animals), in an amount effective for blocking or reversing the effect of the rapalog, i.e. for preventing, inhibiting or disrupting multimerization of
the chimeras.  For instance, FK506, FK520 or any of the many synthetic FKBP ligands which do not form tripartite complexes with FKBP and FRAP may be used as an antagonist.


One important aspect of this invention provides materials and methods for rapalog-dependent, direct activation of transcription of a desired gene.  In one such embodiment, a set of two or more different chimeric proteins, and corresponding DNA
constructs capable of directing their expression, is provided.  One such chimeric protein contains as its action domain(s) one or more transcriptional activation domains.  The other chimeric protein contains as its action domain(s) one or more
DNA-binding domains.  A rapalog of this invention is capable of binding to both chimeras to form a dimeric or multimeric complex thus containing at least one DNA binding domain and at least one transcriptional activating domain.  Formation of such
complexes leads to activation of transcription of a target gene linked to, and under the transcriptional control of, a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain is capable of binding, as can be observed by monitoring directly or indirectly the
presence or concentration of the target gene product.


Preferably the DNA binding domain, and a chimera containing it, binds to its recognized DNA sequence with sufficient selectivity so that binding to the selected DNA sequence can be observed (directly or indirectly) despite the presence of other,
often numerous other, DNA sequences.  Preferably, binding of the chimera comprising the DNA-binding domain to the selected DNA sequence is at least two, more preferably three and even more preferably more than four orders of magnitude greater than
binding to any one alternative DNA sequence, as measured by in vitro binding studies or by measuring relative rates or levels of transcription of genes associated with the selected DNA sequence as compared with any alternative DNA sequences.


Cells which have been genetically engineered to contain such a set of constructs, together with any desired accessory constructs, may be used in applications involving ligand-mediated, regulated actuation of the desired biological event, be it
regulated transcription of a desired gene, regulated triggering of a signal transduction pathway such as the triggering of apoptosis, or another event.  Cells engineered for regulatable expression of a target gene, for instance, can be used for regulated
production of a desired protein (or other gene product) encoded by the target gene.  Such cells may be grown in culture by conventional means.  Addition of the rapalog to the culture medium containing the cells leads to expression of the target gene by
the cells and production of the protein encoded by that gene.  Expression of the gene and production of the protein can be turned off by withholding further multimerization agent from the media, by removing residual multimerization agent from the media,
or by adding to the medium a multimerization antagonist reagent.


Engineered cells of this invention can also be produced and/or used in vivo, to modify whole organisms, preferably animals, especially humans, e.g. such that the cells produce a desired protein or other result within the animal containing them. 
Such uses include gene therapy applications.


Embodiments involving regulatable actuation of apoptosis provide engineered cells susceptible to rapalog-inducible cell death.  Such engineered cells can be eliminated from a cell culture or host organism after they have served their intended
purposed (e.g. production of a desired protein or other product), if they have or develop unwanted properties, or if they are no longer useful, safe or desired.  Elimination is effected by adding the rapalog to the medium or administering it to the host
organism.  In such cases, the action domains of the chimeras are protein domains such as the intracellular domains of FAS or TNF-R1, downstream components of their signaling pathways or other protein domains which upon oligomerization trigger apoptosis.


This invention thus provides materials and methods for achieving a biological effect in cells in response to the addition of a rapalog of this invention.  The method involves providing cells engineered as described herein and exposing the cells
to the rapalog.


For example, this invention provides a method for activating transcription of a target gene in cells.  The method involves providing cells containing (a) DNA constructs encoding a set of chimeric proteins of this invention capable upon
rapalog-mediated multimerization of initiating transcription of a target gene and (b) a target gene linked to an associated cognate DNA sequence responsive to the multimerization event (e.g. a DNA sequence recognized, i.e., capable of binding with, a
DNA-binding domain of a foregoing chimeric protein.  The method involves exposing the cells to a rapalog capable of binding to the chimeric proteins in an amount effective to result in expression of the target gene.  In cases in which the cells are
growing in culture, exposing the cells to the rapalog may be effected by adding the rapalog to the culture medium.  In cases in which the cells are present within a host organism, exposing them to the rapalog is effected by administering the rapalog to
the host organism.  For instance, in cases in which the host organism is a human or non-human, the rapalog may be administered to the host organism by oral, bucal, sublingual, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intra-joint or
inhalation administration in an appropriate vehicle therefor.  Again, depending on the design of the constructs for the chimeric proteins and of any accessory constructs, the rapalog-mediated biological event may be activation of a cellular function such
as signal transduction leading to cell growth, cell proliferation, gene transcription, or apoptosis; deletion of a gene of interest, blockade of expression of a gene of interest, or inhibition of function of a gene product of interest; direct
transcription of a gene of interest; etc.


This invention further encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a rapalog of this invention in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.  Such
pharmaceutical compositions can be used to promote multimerization of chimeras of this invention in engineered cells in whole animals, e.g. in human gene therapy applications to achieve any of the objectives disclosed herein.


Said differently, this invention provides a method for achieving any of those objectives, e.g. activation of transcription of a target gene (typically a heterologous gene for a therapeutic protein), cell growth or proliferation, cell death or
some other selected biological event, in an animal, preferably a human patient, in need thereof and containing engineered cells of this invention.  That method involves administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition containing the rapalog by a
route of administration and in an amount effective to cause multimerization of the chimeric proteins in at least a portion of the engineered cells.  Multimerization may be detected indirectly by detecting the occurrence of target gene expression; cell
growth, proliferation or death; or other objective for which the chimeras were designed and the cells genetically engineered.


This invention further encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a multimerization antagonist of this invention in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable
excipients for inhibiting or otherwise reducing, in whole or part, the extent of multimerization of chimeric proteins in engineered cells of this invention in a subject, and thus for de-activating the transcription of a target gene, for example, or
turning off another biological result of this invention.  Thus, the use of the multimerizing rapalogs and of the multimerization antagonist reagents to prepare pharmaceutical compositions and achieve their pharmacologic results is encompassed by this
invention.


Also disclosed is a method for providing a host organism, preferably an animal, typically a non-human mammal or a human subject, responsive to a rapalog of this invention.  The method involves introducing into the organism cells which have been
engineered in accordance with this invention, i.e. containing one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding the chimeric proteins, and so forth.  The engineered cells may be encapsulated using any of a variety of materials and methods before being
introduced into the host organism.  Alternatively, one can introduce the nucleic acid constructs of this invention into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, under conditions permitting incorporation thereof into one or more cells of the host mammal, e.g.
using viral vectors, introduction of DNA by injection or via catheter, etc.


Also provided are kits for producing cells responsive to a rapalog of this invention.  One such kit contains one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of chimeras which, upon rapalog-mediated
oligomerization, trigger the desired biological response.  The kit may contain a quantity of a rapalog capable of multimerizing the chimeric protein molecules encoded by the construct(s) of the kit, and may contain in addition a quantity of a
multimerization antagonist.  The kit may further contain a nucleic acid construct encoding a target gene (or cloning site) linked to a cognate DNA sequence which is recognized by the dimerized chimeric proteins permitting transcription of a gene linked
to that cognate DNA sequence in the presence of multimerized chimeric protein molecules.  The constructs may be associated with one or more selection markers for convenient selection of transfectants, as well as other conventional vector elements useful
for replication in prokaryotes, for expression in euaryotes, and the like.  The selection markers may be the same or different for each different construct, permitting the selection of cells which contain each such construct(s).


The accessory construct for introducing into cells a target gene in association with a cognate DNA sequence may contain a cloning site in place of a target gene.  A kit containing such a construct permits the engineering of cells for regulatable
expression of a gene to be provided by the practitioner.


Other kits of this invention may contain one or two (or more) nucleic acid constructs for chimeric proteins in which one or more contain a cloning site in place of the transcriptional activator or DNA binding protein, permitting the user to
insert whichever such domain s/he wishes.  Such a kit may optionally include other elements as described above, e.g. a nucleic construct for a target gene with or without a cognate DNA sequence for a pre-selected DNA binding domain.


Any of the kits may also contain positive control cells which were stably transformed with constructs of this invention such that they express a reporter gene (for CAT, beta-galactosidase or any conveniently detectable gene product) in response
to exposure of the cells to the rapalog.  Reagents for detecting and/or quantifying the expression of the reporter gene may also be provided.


For further information and guidance on the design, construction and use of such systems or components thereof which may be adapted for use in practising the subject invention, reference to the following publications is suggested: Spencer et al,
1993, supra; Rivera et al, 1996, supra; Spencer et al, 1996, Current Biology 6, 839-847; Luo et al, 1996, Nature, 383, 181-185; Ho et al, 1996, Nature 382, 822-826; Belshaw et al, 1996, Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 93, 4604-4607; Spencer, 1996, TIG
12(5), 181-187; Spencer et al, 1995, Proc., Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 92, 9805-9809; Holsinger et al, 1995, Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 92, 9810-9814; Pruschy et al, 1994, Chemistry & Biology 1(3),163-172; and published international patent applications
WO 94/18317, WO 95/02684, WO 95/33052, WO 96/20951 and WO 96/41865.


A key focus of the subject invention is the use of improved rapalogs as mediators of protein--protein interactions in applications using FKBP and FRB fusion proteins such as described above and elsewhere herein.  The improved rapalogs may be used
in the various applications of the underlying dimerization-based technology, including triggering biological events in genetically engineered cells grown or maintained in culture or present in whole organisms, including humans and other mammals.  The
improved rapalogs may thus be useful as research reagents in biological experiments in vitro, in experiments conducted on animals containing the genetically engineered cells, and as prophylactic or therapeutic agents in animal and human health care in
subjects containing genetically engineered cells.


Rapalogs


"Rapalogs" as that term is used herein denotes a class of compounds comprising the various analogs, homologs and derivatives of rapamycin and other compounds related structurally to rapamycin.  "Rapalogs" include compounds other than rapamycin
which comprise the substructure shown in Formula I, bearing any number of a variety of substituents, and optionally unsaturated at one or more carbon--carbon bonds unless specified to the contrary herein.  ##STR6##


Rapalogs include, among others, variants of rapamycin having one or more of the following modifications relative to rapamycin: demethylation, elimination or replacement of the methoxy at C7, C42 and/or C29; elimination, derivatization or
replacement of the hydroxy at C13, C43 and/or C28; reduction, elimination or derivatization of the ketone at C14, C24 and/or C30; replacement of the 6-membered pipecolate ring with a 5-membered prolyl ring; and elimination, derivatization or replacement
of one or more substituents of the cyclohexyl ring or replacement of the cyclohexyl ring with a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl ring.  Rapalogs, as that term is used herein, do not include rapamycin itself, and preferably do not contain an
oxygen bridge between C1 and C30.  Illustrative examples of rapalogs are disclosed in the documents listed in Table I. Examples of rapalogs modified at C7 are shown in Table II.


TABLE I  WO9710502 WO9418207 WO9304680 US5527907 US5225403  WO9641807 WO9410843 WO9214737 US5484799 US5221625  WO9635423 WO9409010 WO9205179 US5457194 US5210030  WO9603430 WO94/04540 US5604234 US5457182 US5208241  WO9600282 WO9402485 US5597715
US5362735 US5200411  WO9516691 WO9402137 US5583139 US5324644 US5198421  WO9515328 WO9402136 US5563172 US5318895 US5147877  WO9507468 WO9325533 US5561228 US5310903 US5140018  WO9504738 WO9318043 US5561137 US5310901 U55116756  WO9504060 WO9313663 US5541193
US5258389 U55109112  WO9425022 WO9311130 US5541189 US5252732 US5093338  WO9421644 WO9310122 US5534632 US5247076 US5091389


 TABLE II  Illustrative C7 rapalog structures  ##STR7##  R.sup.C7 = ##STR8## ##STR9## ##STR10##  Ar = phenyl, 3-nitrophenyl,  4-chloro-  phenyl, 3-iodo-4-diazophenyl,  3,4-di-  methoxyphenyl, or  2-methoxyphenyl  ##STR11## ##STR12## ##STR13##  Ar
= 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl  ##STR14## ##STR15## --CH.sub.2 COPhenyl --OCHO  ##STR16## ##STR17## --CH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OH  --CH.sub.2 CH(OH)CH.sub.2 OH --CH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2  OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 OCH.sub.3  ##STR18## ##STR19## ##STR20##  ##STR21##
##STR22## ##STR23##  ##STR24## ##STR25## ##STR26##  ##STR27## ##STR28## ##STR29##  ##STR30## ##STR31## ##STR32##  ##STR33##  ##STR34##  ##STR35##  ##STR36##  See e.g.,  Luengo et al, Chemistry & Biology, 1995, 2 (7):471-481; JOC, 1995,  59(22):6512-13 
WO 94/02136 (SmithKline Beecham)  WO 95/16691 (Sandoz)  U.S. Pat. No. 5,583,139 (Abbott)  Grinfeld et al, 1994, Tett Letters 35(37):6835-6838  WO 96/41865 (ARIAD)


Other illustrative rapalogs include those depicted in Table III:


TABLE III  ##STR37## ##STR38##  ##STR39## ##STR40##  ##STR41## ##STR42##  ##STR43## ##STR44##  ##STR45## ##STR46##  ##STR47## ##STR48##  ##STR49## ##STR50##  ##STR51## ##STR52##


Rapalogs of particular interest for the practice of various aspects of this invention include compounds of formula II: ##STR53##


one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is --H, halo, --R.sup.2, --OR.sup.1, --SR.sup.1, --OC(O)R.sup.1, --OC(O)NHR.sup.1, --NHR.sup.1, --NR.sup.1 R.sup.2, --NHC(O)R.sup.1, or --NH--SO.sub.2 --R.sup.1 where R.sup.2 =aliphatic,
heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or alkylaryl (e.g. benzyl or substituted benzyl),


R.sup.C30 is halo, --OR.sup.3 or (.dbd.O),


R.sup.C24 is .dbd.O, .dbd.NR.sup.4.dbd.NOR.sup.4, .dbd.NNHR.sup.4, --NHOR.sup.4, --NHNHR.sup.4, --OR.sup.4, --OC(O)R.sup.4 or --OC(O)NR.sup.4, halo or --H,


R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 are independently H, halo, --OR.sup.3, --OR.sup.5, --OC(O)R.sup.5, --OC(O)NHR.sup.5, --SR.sup.5, --SC(O)R.sup.5, --SC(O)NHR.sup.5, --NR.sup.5 R.sup.5 ' or --N(R.sup.5)(CO)R.sup.5'


R.sup.C14 is .dbd.O, --OR.sup.6, --NR.sup.6, --H, --NC(O)R.sup.6, --OC(O)R.sup.6 or --OC(O)NR.sup.6


R.sup.3 is H, --R.sup.7, --C(O)R.sup.7 or --C(O)NHR.sup.7 or a cyclic moiety (e.g., carbonate) bridging C28 and C30


R.sub.C29 is H or OR.sup.11 (e.g., OH or OMe)


where each substituent may be present in either stereochemical orientation unless otherwise indicated, and where each occurrence of R.sup.1, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7, R.sup.9, R.sup.10 and R.sup.11 is independently selected from H,
aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl and heteroaryl; and R.sup.8 is H, halo, --CN, .dbd.O, --OH, --NR.sup.9 R.sup.10, OSO.sub.2 CF.sub.3, OSO.sub.2 F, OSO.sub.2 R.sup.4', OCOR.sup.4', OCONR.sup.4' R.sup.5', or OCON(OR.sup.4')R.sup.5'.


Some rapalogs of Formula II differ from rapamycin only in that R.sup.C13 is --OMe and R.sup.C14 is H; R.sup.C14 is --OH, --O(CO)NHMe, --O--CH.sub.2 -- (i.e., a spiro epoxide), .dbd.NCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 --OH, or --O-phenyl; R.sup.C13 is --NHC(O)Me;
R.sup.4 is Me; R.sup.C24 is .dbd.NR or --NHR, where R is --OH, O-alkyl (methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, benzyl), --NH-alkyl or an O-carboxymethyloxime or O-carboxamidomethyloxime at C24; R.sup.C24 is --O(CO)NHCH(CH.sub.3).sub.2 ; R.sup.C24 is
--O(CO)NC(O)CH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 C(O) and R.sup.C28 O-TBDMS; R.sup.C28 or R.sup.C30 is --OC(O)R, or R.sup.C28 and R.sup.C30 together comprise --OC(O)O-- linking C28 and C30 in a six-membered ring; or R.sup.C7a or R.sup.C7b is isopropoxyl, --S-phenyl,
2-thiophen-yl, 3-indol-yl or allyl or methallyl.  See Table III and Liberles et al, 1997, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:7825-7830.  Rapalogs other than the foregoing, i.e., which contain alternative modifications or combinations of modifications relative to
the structure of rapamycin, are preferred for use in practising the subject invention.  Thus the improved rapalogs of this invention are rapalogs other than those depicted in Table III.


In rapamycin, R.sup.C7a is --OMe; R.sup.C7b is H; R.sup.C14, R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are each (.dbd.O); R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 are each --OH; R.sup.C29 is OMe; and R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are each H, all with the stereoisomerism as shown on page 1. 
Rapalogs useful in practicing this invention may contain substituents in any of the possible stereoisomeric orientations, and may comprise one stereoisomer substantially free of other stereoisomers (>90%, and preferably >95%, free from other
stereoisomers on a molar basis) or may comprise a mixture of stereoisomers.


Also included are pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of the foregoing compounds, where the phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" denotes any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or salt of such ester, of such compound, or any
other adduct or derivative which, upon administration to a patient, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a rapalog as described herein, or a metabolite or residue thereof.  Pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thus include among others
pro-drugs of the rapalogs.  A pro-drug is a derivative of a compound, usually with significantly reduced pharmacological activity, which contains an additional moiety which is susceptible to removal in vivo yielding the parent molecule as the
pharmacologically active species.  An example of a pro-drug is an ester which is cleaved in vivo to yield a compound of interest.  Various pro-drugs of rapamycin and of other compounds, and materials and methods for derivatizing the parent compounds to
create the pro-drugs, are known and may be adapted to the present invention.


The term "aliphatic" as used herein includes both saturated and unsaturated, straight chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, cyclic, or polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or more functional groups.  Unless
otherwise specified, alkyl, other aliphatic, alkoxy and acyl groups preferably contain 1-8, and in many cases 1-6, contiguous aliphatic carbon atoms.  Illustrative aliphatic groups thus include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,
cyclopropyl, --CH.sub.2 -cyclopropyl, allyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, --CH.sub.2 -cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, cyclopentyl, --CH.sub.2 -cyclopentyl, n-hexyl, sec-hexyl, cyclohexyl, --CH.sub.2
-cyclohexyl moieties and the like, which again, may bear one or more substituents.


Examples of substituents include: --OH, --OR.sup.2', --SH, --SR.sup.2', --CHO, .dbd.O, --COOH (or ester, carbamate, urea, oxime or carbonate thereof), --NH.sub.2 (or substituted amine, amide, urea, carbamate or guanidino derivative therof), halo,
trihaloalkyl, cyano, --SO.sub.2 --CF.sub.3, --OSO.sub.2 F, --OS(O).sub.2 R.sup.11, --SO.sub.2 --NHR.sup.11, --NHSO.sub.2 --R.sup.11, sulfate, sulfonate, aryl and heteroaryl moieties.  Aryl and heteroaryl substituents may themselves be substituted or
unsubstituted (e.g. mono-, di- and tri-alkoxyphenyl; methylenedioxyphenyl or ethylenedioxyphenyl; halophenyl; or -phenyl-C(Me).sub.2 --CH.sub.2 --O--CO--[C3-C6] alkyl or alkylamino).


The term "aliphatic" is thus intended to include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl moieties.


As used herein, the term "alkyl" includes both straight, branched and cyclic alkyl groups.  An analogous convention applies to other generic terms such as "alkenyl", "alkynyl" and the like.  Furthermore, as used herein, the language "alkyl",
"alkenyl", "alkynyl" and the like encompasses both substituted and unsubstituted groups.


The term "alkyl" refers to groups usually having one to eight, preferably one to six carbon atoms.  For example, "alkyl" may refer to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, pentyl,
isopentyl tert-pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.  Suitable substituted alkyls include, but are not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,
3-hydroxypropyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl and the like.


The term "alkenyl" refers to groups usually having two to eight, preferably two to six carbon atoms.  For example, "alkenyl" may refer to prop-2-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, 2-methylprop-2-enyl, hex-2-enyl, hex-5-enyl, 2,3-dimethylbut-2-enyl,
and the like.  The language "alkynyl," which also refers to groups having two to eight, preferably two to six carbons, includes, but is not limited to, prop-2-ynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, pent-2-ynyl, 3-methylpent-4-ynyl, hex-2-ynyl, hex-5-ynyl, and the
like.


The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein refers specifically to groups having three to seven, preferably three to ten carbon atoms.  Suitable cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl
and the like, which, as in the case of other aliphatic or heteroaliphatic or heterocyclic moieties, may optionally be substituted.


The term "heteroaliphatic" as used herein refers to aliphatic moieties which contain one or more oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorous or silicon atoms, e.g., in place of carbon atoms.  Heteroaliphatic moieties may be branched, unbranched or
cyclic and include heterocycles such as morpholino, pyrrolidinyl, etc.


The term "heterocycle" as used herein refers to cyclic heteroaliphatic groups and preferably three to ten ring atoms total, includes, but is not limited to, oxetane, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine,
piperidine, morpholine, piperazine and the like.


The terms "aryl" and "heteroaryl" as used herein refer to stable mono- or polycyclic, heterocyclic, polycyclic, and polyheterocyclic unsaturated moieties having 3-14 carbon atoms which may be substituted or unsubstituted.  Substituents include
any of the previously mentioned substituents.  Non-limiting examples of useful aryl ring groups include phenyl, halophenyl, alkoxyphenyl, dialkoxyphenyl, trialkoxyphenyl, alkylenedioxyphenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, anthryl, phenanthro and the like. 
Examples of typical heteroaryl rings include 5-membered monocyclic ring groups such as thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, furyl, isothiazolyl, furazanyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl and the like; 6-membered monocyclic groups such as pyridyl, pyrazinyl,
pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl and the like; and polycyclic heterocyclic ring groups such as benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathienyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,
purinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, tetrahydroquinoline cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, beta-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl,
phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and the like (see e.g. Katritzky, Handbook of Heterocyclic Chemistry).  The aryl or heteroaryl moieties may be substituted with one to five members selected from the group consisting of hydroxy,
C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 branched or straight-chain alkyl, acyloxy, carbamoyl, amino, N-acylamino, nitro, halo, trihalomethyl, cyano, and carboxyl.  Aryl moieties thus include, e.g. phenyl; substituted phenyl bearing one or more substituents selected from
groups including: halo such as chloro or fluoro, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, acyl, acyloxy, C1-C6 alkoxy (such as methoxy or ethoxy, including among others dialkoxyphenyl moieties such as 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5-, 3,4- or 3,5-dimethoxy or diethoxy phenyl or such as
methylenedioxyphenyl, or 3-methoxy-5-ethoxyphenyl; or trisubstituted phenyl, such as trialkoxy (e.g., 3,4,5-trimethoxy or ethoxyphenyl), 3,5-dimethoxy-4-chloro-phenyl, etc.), amino, --SO.sub.2 NH.sub.2, --SO.sub.2 NH(aliphatic), --SO.sub.2
N(aliphatic).sub.2, --O-aliphatic-COOH, and --O-aliphatic-NH.sub.2 (which may contain one or two N-aliphatic or N-acyl substituents).


A "halo" substituent according to the present invention may be a fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo substituent.  Fluoro is often the preferred halogen.


Compounds of formula II, exclusive of any compounds depicted in Table III, are of special interest and constitute an important class of novel compounds.  Compounds of this class may differ from rapamycin with respect to one, two, three, four,
five, six or seven substituent moieties.  This class includes among others rapalogs with modifications, relative to rapamycin, at C7 and C13; C7 and C14; C7 and a; C7 and C43; C7 and C24; C7 and C28; C7 and C30; C7, C13 and C14; C7, C13 and a; C7, C13
and C43; C7, C13 and C24; C7, C13 and C28; C7, C13 and C30; C7, C14 and a; C7, C14 and C43; C7, C14 and C24; C7, C14 and C28; C7, C14 and C30; C7, a and C24; C7, a and C28; C7, a and C30; C7, C24 and C30; C7, C24, C30 and a; C7, C24, C30 and C13; C7,
C24, C30 and C14; C24, C30 and C13; C24, C30 and a; C24, C30 and C14; and C24, C30, C13 and a, exclusive of any compounds depicted in Table III or otherwise previously reported publicly.


One subset of improved rapalogs of special interest for practicing the methods of this invention are those compounds of formula II (or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof) in which R.sup.C7a is a moiety other than OMe.  This subset
("C7 rapalogs") includes compounds in which one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is selected from substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl or -Z-aliphatic, Z-aryl, -Z-heteroaryl, or Z-acyl, where Z and Z' are independently O, S
or NH and acyl comprises --CHO, --(C.dbd.O)-aliphatic, --(C.dbd.O)-aryl, --(C.dbd.O)-heteroaryl, --(C.dbd.O)-Z'-aliphatic, --(C.dbd.O)-Z'-aryl, --(C.dbd.O)-Z'-heteroaryl.  In certain embodiments of this subset, R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b are independently
selected from the following groups: H; a substituted or unsubstituted two to eight carbon straightchain, branched or cyclic alkenyl, alkoxyl or alkylmercapto; and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy, arylmercapto or
heteroarylmercapto.  Compounds of this subset include among others those in which R.sup.C7a is H; (together with R.sup.C7b) .dbd.O; alkoxy; alkylmercapto; amino (1.degree., 2.degree.  or 3.degree.); amido; carbamate; aryl or substituted aryl; phenyl or
substituted phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl such as substituted or unsubstituted thiophenyl, furyl, indolyl, etc.; or benzyloxy or substituted benzyloxy.  Other illustrative C7 rapalogs and types of C7 rapalogs which may be used in
practicing the methods of this invention include those in which one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H and the other is selected from -OEt, --O-propyl, --O-butyl, --OCH.sub.2 CH.sub.2 --OH, --O-benzyl, --O-substituted benzyl (including e.g., 3-nitro-,
4-chloro-, 3-iodo-4-diazo-, 3,4-dimethoxy-, and 2-methoxy-), --S-Me, --S-phenyl, --O(CO)Me, -allyl, --CH.sub.2 C(Me).dbd.CH.sub.2, --OCH.sub.2 --CCH, --OCH.sub.2 --CC-Me, --OCH.sub.2 --CC-Et, --OCH.sub.2 --CC--CH.sub.2 OH, or -2,4-dimethoxyphenyl,
2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl, furanyl, thiophen-yl, methylthiophen-yl, pyrolyl and indolyl.  In the foregoing types of rapalogs, the hydroxy substituent at C43 may be present in either stereochemical orientation or may be modified as described elsewhere
herein.  C7 rapalogs may further vary from rapamycin at one, two, three, four, five or more other positions as well.  C7 rapalogs other than those depicted in Table III are novel and are encompassed by this invention as compositions of matter per se.


Another subset of improved rapalogs of special interest in the practice of the various methods of the invention are C30, C24 rapalogs of formula II, i.e., rapalogs of formula II in which R.sup.C30 and R.sup.C24 are both other than (.dbd.O).  Of
special interest are those C30, C24 rapalogs in which R.sup.C7a is a moiety other than OMe.  In certain embodiments of this subset, R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b are independently selected from --H, --OR, --SR.sup.1, --OC(O)R.sup.1 or --OC(O)NHR.sup.1,
--NHR.sup.1, --NHC(O)R.sup.1, --NH--SO.sub.2 --R.sup.1 and --R.sup.2, where R.sup.2 =substituted aryl or allyl or alkylaryl (e.g. benzyl or substituted benzyl), so long as one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is H. In certain embodiments of this subset,
R.sup.C30 and R.sup.C24 are both --OH, e.g. in the "S" configuration.  In other embodiments R.sup.C30 and R.sup.C24 are independently selected from OR.sup.3.  This subset includes among others all rapalogs in which R.sup.C30 and R.sup.C24 are OH and one
of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b comprises any of the replacement substituents at that position specified for formula II, including any of the C7 substituents identified in compounds of Tables II or III.  This subset includes among others rapalogs which differ
from rapamycin with respect to the moiety a. For instance, this subset includes compounds of the formula: ##STR54##


where at least one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is other than --OMe.  Alternative substituents for R.sup.C7a and/or R.sup.C7b are as disclosed elsewhere herein.  Of special interest are compounds in which one of R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b is cyclic
aliphatic, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl, which may be optionally substituted.  Other compounds within this subset include those in which one, two, three, four or five of the hydroxyl groups is epimerized, fluorinated, alkylated, acylated or otherwise
modified via other ester, carbamate, carbonate or urea formation.  An illustrative compound for example is the compound of formula III in which the hydroxyl group at C43 is epimerized and the hydroxyl groups at C28 and C30 are alkylated, acylated or
linked via carbonate formation.


Another subset of improved rapalogs of special interest are those compounds of formula II in which one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 is F. In various embodiments of this subset, one, two, three, four or five other substituents in formula II
differ from the substituents found in rapamycin.  For instance, this subset includes C13 fluororapalogs, C28 fluororapalogs and C13, C28-difluororapalogs of the following structures, where R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b are as previously defined: ##STR55##
##STR56## ##STR57## ##STR58##


The 13-fluoro rapalogs, including in particular 13-fluoro rapamycin and analogs and derivatives thereof containing various substituents which do not abolish immunosuppressive activity in rapamycin itself, are of interest as immunosuppressants.


An interesting intersection of some of the foregoing subsets of compounds is the set of improved rapalogs comprising compounds of formula II, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, in which R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 are both other than
(.dbd.O) and one or both of R.sup.C13 and R.sup.C28 is F. This set includes, inter alia, 24,30-tetrahydro-13-F rapalogs, 24,30-tetrahydro-28-F rapalogs and 24,30-tetrahydro-13,28-diF rapalogs, as well as C7 variants of any of the foregoing, in which
R.sup.C7a is other than OMe.  A portion of that set is illustrated by the following structure, where R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b are as previously defined: ##STR59##


These compounds may be further derivatized, e.g., by modifications at one or both of R.sup.C14 and R.sup.C43 relative to the C14 and C43 substituents in rapamycin itself.


Another subset of improved rapalogs of special interest are those compounds of formula II in which R.sup.C14 is other than O, OH or H, e.g., compounds wherein R.sup.C14 is --OR.sup.6, --NR.sup.6, --NC(O)R.sup.6, --OC(O)R.sup.6 or --OC(O)NR.sup.6,
with or without one or more other modifications relative to rapamycin.


Another subset of improved rapalogs of interest are those compounds of formula II in which R.sup.C13 is other than an alkoxyl group comprising a C1-C4 alkyl moiety, with or without one or more other modifications at other positions relative to
rapamycin.  For example, this subset includes rapalogs which differ in structure from rapamycin by virtue of possessing (a) in place of OH at C13, a replacement substituent R.sup.C13 which is other than C1-C4 alkoxy, and (b) in place of MeO at C7,
replacement substituents R.sup.C7a and R.sup.C7b as defined above.


Another subset of improved rapalogs of interest are those compounds of formula II in which R.sup.C24 is other than .dbd.O, again, with or without one or more other modifications at other positions relative to rapamycin.


Another subset of improved rapalogs which is of special interest in practicing the methods of this invention include those compounds of formula II which share the stereoisomerism of rapamycin and in which R.sup.C7a is --OMe wherein R.sup.C30 is
not .dbd.O, R.sup.C24 is not .dbd.O, R.sup.C13 is not --OH, R.sup.C14 is not .dbd.O and/or R.sup.3 and/or R.sup.4 are not H.


Other improved rapalogs of interest include compounds of formula II in which R.sup.C14 is OH.


Furthermore, this invention encompasses improved rapalogs in which one or more of the carbon--carbon double bonds at the 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, 6 positions in rapamycin are saturated, alone or in combination with a modification elsewhere in the
molecule, e.g. at one or more of C7, C13, C43, C24, C28 and/or C30.  It should also be appreciated that the C3, C4 double bond may be epoxidized; that the C6 methyl group may be replaced with --CH.sub.2 OH or --CH.sub.2 OMe; that the C43 hydroxy may be
converted to F, Cl or H or other substituent; and that the C42 methoxy moiety may be demethylated, in any of the compounds disclosed herein, using methods known in the art.  Likewise, moiety "a" may be replaced with any of the following ##STR60##


Synthetic Guidance


The production of rapamycin by fermentation and by total synthesis is known.  The production of a number of rapalogs as fermentation products is also known.  These include among others rapalogs bearing alternative moieties to the characteristic
cyclohexyl ring or pipecolate ring of rapamycin, as well as C7-desmethyl-rapamycin, C29-desmethyl-rapamycin and C29-desmethoxyrapamycin.


Methods and materials for effecting various chemical transformations of rapamycin and structurally related macrolides are known in the art, as are methods for obtaining rapamycin and various rapalogs by fermentation.  Many such chemical
transformations of rapamycin and various rapalogs are disclosed in the patent documents identified in Table I, above, which serve to illustrate the level of skill and knowledge in the art of chemical synthesis and product recovery, purification and
formulation which may be applied in practicing the subject invention.  The following representative transformations and/or references which can be employed to produce the desired rapalogs are illustrative:


 ring position modified literature reference  C7 Luengo, et al. JOC 59, 6512 (1995);  Chem & Biol 2(7),  471-481 (1995)  C-13 C13.fwdarw.F: protect C28 and C43, rxn at 0.degree.  C-14 Schubert, et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 23,  167 (1984).  C-20
Nelson, U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,680  C-24 U.S. Pat. No. 5,373,014; 5,378,836  Lane, et al. Synthesis 1975, p136.  C-30 Luengo et al. Tet. Lett. 35, 6469 (1994)  various positions Or et al, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,527,907 and  5,583,139  Luengo, WO 94/02136; Cottens
et al,  WO 95/16691


Approaches to the synthesis of the various fluoro and difluoro rapalogs are presented schematically below: ##STR61## ##STR62##


An approach to the synthesis of various 24,30-tetrahydro rapalogs is illustrated below: ##STR63##


By way of further example, starting with 13-fluoro rapamycin instead of rapamycin yields the corresponding 13-fluoro-24,30-tetrahydro C7 rapalog.


One approach for the synthesis of other C13 derivatives is illustrated below: ##STR64##


Additionally, it is contemplated that rapalogs for use in this invention as well as intermediates for the production of such rapalogs may be prepared by directed biosynthesis, e.g. as described by Katz et al, WO 93/13663 and by Cane et al, WO
9702358.


Novel rapalogs of this invention may be prepared by one of ordinary skill in this art relying upon methods and materials known in the art as guided by the disclosure presented herein.  For instance, methods and materials may be adapted from known
methods set forth or referenced in the documents cited above, the full contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  Additional guidance and examples are provided herein by way of illustration and further guidance to the practitioner.  It
should be understood that the chemist of ordinary skill in this art would be readily able to make modifications to the foregoing, e.g. to add appropriate protecting groups to sensitive moieties during synthesis, followed by removal of the protecting
groups when no longer needed or desired, and would be readily capable of determining other synthetic approaches.


FKBP domains and Fusion Proteins


The FKBP fusion protein comprises at least one, FKBP domain containing all or part of the peptide sequence of an FKBP domain and at least one heterologous action domain.  This chimeric protein must be capable of binding to an improved rapalog of
this invention, preferably with a Kd value below about 100 nM, more preferably below about 10 nM and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g. fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g.
versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or other assay methodology.  Typically the chimeric protein will contain one or more protein domains comprising peptide sequence selected from that of a naturally occurring FKBP protein such
as human FKBP12, e.g. as described in International Patent Application PCT/US94/01617.  That peptide sequence may be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion or deletion of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, amino
acid residues.  Such modifications are elected in certain embodiments to yield one or both of the following binding profiles: (a) binding of an improved rapalog to the modified FKBP domain, or chimera containing it, preferably at least one, and more
preferably at least two, and even more preferably three or four or more, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to FKBP12 or the FKBP endogenous to the host cells to be engineered; and (b) binding of the FKBP:rapalog complex to the FRB fusion
protein, preferably at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably at least three, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to the FRAP or other FRB-containing protein endogenous to the host cell to be engineered.


The FKBP chimera also contains at least one heterologous action domain, i.e., a protein domain containing non-FKBP peptide sequence.  The action domain may be a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain, cellular localization domain,
intracellular signal transduction domain, etc., e.g. as described elsewhere herein or in PCT/US94/01617 or the other cited references.  Generally speaking, the action domain is capable of directing the chimeric protein to a selected cellular location or
of initiating a biological effect upon association or aggregation with another action domain, for instance, upon multimerization of proteins containing the same or different action domains.


A recombinant nucleic acid encoding such a fusion protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding the parent FKBP protein, e.g. human FKBP12, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic
code.  Since these chimeric proteins contain an action domain derived from another protein, e.g. Gal4, VP16, FAS, CD3 zeta chain, etc., the recombinant DNA encoding the chimeric protein will also be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding
that other protein, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.


FKBP fusion proteins of this invention, as well as FRB fusion proteins discussed in further detail below, may contain one or more copies of one or more different ligand binding domains and one or more copies of one or more action domains.  The
ligand binding domain(s) (i.e., FKBP and FRB domains) may be N-terminal, C-terminal, or interspersed with respect to the action domain(s).  Embodiments involving multiple copies of a ligand binding domain usually have 2, 3 or 4 such copies.  For example,
an FKBP fusion protein may contain 2, 3 or 4 FKBP domains.  The various domains of the FKBP fusion proteins (and of the FRB fusion proteins discussed below) are optionally separated by linking peptide regions which may be derived from one of the adjacent
domains or may be heterologous.


Illustrative examples of FKBP fusion proteins useful in the practice of this invention include the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 (Stanford & Harvard), PCT/US94/08008 (Stanford & Harvard), Spencer et al (supra), PCT/US95/10591
(ARIAD), PCT/US95/06722 (Mitotix, Inc.) and other references cited herein; the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in the examples which follow; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain up to 10 (preferably 1-5) amino acid
insertions, deletions or substitutions in one or more of the FKBP domains and which are still capable of binding to rapamycin or to a rapalog; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain one or more copies of an FKBP domain which
is encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA sequence encoding a naturally occurring FKBP domain and which are still capable of binding to rapamycin or to a rapalog; variants of any of the foregoing in which one or more
heterologous action domains are deleted, replaced or supplemented with a different heterologous action domain; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which are capable of binding to rapamycin or a rapalog and which contain an FKBP domain
derived from a non-human source; and variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain one or more amino acid residues corresponding to Tyr26, Phe36, Asp37, Arg42, Phe46, Phe48, Glu54, Val55, or Phe99 of human FKBP12 in which one or
more of those amino acid residues is replaced by a different amino acid, the variant being capable of binding to rapamycin or a rapalog.


For instance, in a number of cases the FKBP fusion proteins comprise multiple copies of an FKBP domain containing amino acids 1-107 of human FKBP12, separated by the 2-amino acid linker Thr-Arg encoded by ACTAGA, the ligation product of DNAs
digested respectively with the restriction endonucleases SpeI and XbaI.  The following table provides illustrative subsets of mutant FKBP domains based on the foregoing FKBP12 sequence:


Illustrative Mutant FKBPs


 F36A Y26V F46A W59A  F36V Y26S F48H H87W  F36M D37A F48L H87R  F36S I90A F48A F36V/F99A  F99A I91A E54A F36V/F99G  F99G F46H E54K F36M/F99A  Y26A F46L V55A F36M/F99G


FRB Domains and Fusion Proteins


The FRB fusion protein comprises at least one FRB domain (which may comprise all or part of the peptide sequence of a FRAP protein or a variant thereof, as described elsewhere) and at least one heterologous effector domain.


Generally speaking, the FRB domain, or a chimeric protein encompassing it, is encoded by a DNA molecule capable of hybridizing selectively to a DNA molecule encoding a protein comprising a naturally occurring FRB domain, e.g. a DNA molecule
encoding a human or other mammalian FRAP protein or one of yeast proteins, Tor-1 or Tor-2 or the previously mentioned Candida FRB-containing protein.  FRB domains of this invention include those which are capable of binding to a complex of an FKBP
protein and an improved rapalog of this invention.


The FRB fusion protein must be capable of binding to the complex formed by the FKBP fusion protein with an improved rapalog of this invention.  Preferably, the FRB fusion protein binds to that complex with a Kd value below 200 .mu.M, more
preferably below 10 .mu.M, as measured by conventional methods.  The FRB domain will be of sufficient length and composition to maintain high affinity for a complex of the rapalog with the FKBP fusion protein.  In some embodiments the FRB domain spans
fewer than about 150 amino acids in length, and in some cases fewer than about 100 amino acids.  One such region comprises a 133 amino acid region of human FRAP extending from Val2012 through Tyr2144.  See Chiu et al, 1994, Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA
91:12574-12578.  An FRB region of particular interest spans Glu2025 through Gln2114 of human FRAP and retains affinity for a FKBP12-rapamycin complex or for FKBP-rapalog complex.  In some embodiments Q2214 is removed from the 90-amino acid sequence
rendering this an 89-amino acid FRB domain.  The FRB peptide sequence may be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion or deletion, of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, amino acids.  Such modifications are elected
in certain embodiments to achieve a preference towards formation of the complex comprising one or more molecules of the FKBP fusion protein, FRB fusion protein and an improved rapalog over formation of complexes of endogenous FKBP and FRAP proteins with
the rapalog.  Preferably that preference is at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably three, orders of magnitude (by any measure)


A recombinant DNA encoding such a protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding a FRAP species, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.  Again, since these chimeric proteins
contain an effector domain derived from another protein, e.g. Gal4, VP16, Fas, CD3 zeta chain, etc., the recombinant DNA encoding the chimeric protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding that other protein, or would be capable of
such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.


Illustrative examples of FRB chimeras useful in the practice of this invention include those disclosed in the examples which follow, variants thereof in which one or more of the heterologous domains are replaced with alternative heterologous
domains or supplemented with one or more additional heterologous domains, variants in which one or more of the FRB domains is a domain of non-human peptide sequence origin (such as Tor 2 or Candida for example), and variants in which the FRB domain is
modified by amino acid substitution, replacement or insertion as described herein, so long as the chimera is capable of binding to a complex formed by an FKBP protein and an improved rapalog of this invention.  An illustrative FRB fusion protein contains
one or more FRBs of at least 89-amino acids, containing a sequence spanning at least residues 2025-2113 of human FRAP, separated by the linker Thr-Arg formed by ligation of SpeI-XbaI sites as mentioned previously.  It should be appreciated that such
restriction sites or linkers in any of the fusion proteins of this invention may be deleted, replaced or extended using conventional techniques such as site-directed mutagenesis.


Mixed Chimeric Proteins


A third type of chimeric protein comprises one or more FKBP domains, one or more heterologous effector domains, and one or more FRB domains as described for the FRB fusion proteins.


Mixed chimeric protein molecules are capable of forming homodimeric or homomultimeric protein complexes in the presence of an improved rapalog to which they bind.  Embodiments involving mixed chimeras have the advantage of requiring the
introduction into cells of a single recombinant nucleic acid construct in place of two recombinant nucleic acid constructs otherwise required to direct the expression of both an FKBP fusion protein and a FRB fusion protein.


A recombinant DNA encoding a mixed chimeric protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding an FKBP protein, a DNA encoding FRAP, and a heterologous DNA sequence encoding the protein from which one or more effector domains is
derived (e.g. Gal4, VP16, Fas, CD3 zeta chain, etc.), or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.


Heterologous Domains


As mentioned above, the heterologous effector domains of the FKBP and FRB fusion proteins are protein domains which, upon mutual association of the chimeric proteins bearing them, are capable of triggering (or inhibiting) DNA-binding and/or
transcription of a target gene; actuating cell growth, differentiation, proliferation or apoptosis; directing proteins to a particular cellular location; or actuating other biological events.


Embodiments involving regulatable gene transcription involve the use of target gene constructs which comprise a target gene (which encodes a polypeptide, antisense RNA, ribozyme, etc. of interest) under the transcriptional control of a DNA
element responsive to the association or multimerization of the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2d chimeric proteins.


In embodiments of the invention involving direct activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2d chimeric proteins comprise a DNA binding domain such as Gal4 or a chimeric DNA binding domain such as ZFHD1, discussed below,
and a transcriptional activating domain such as those derived from VP16 or p65, respectively.  The multimerization of a chimeric protein containing such a transcriptional activating domain to a chimeric protein containing a DNA binding domain targets the
transcriptional activator to the promoter element to which the DNA binding domain binds, and thus activates the transcription of a target gene linked to that promoter element.  Foregoing the transcription activation domain or substituting a repressor
domain (see PCT/US94/01617) in place of a transcription activation domain provides an analogous chimera useful for inhibiting transcription of a target gene.  Composite DNA binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind are disclosed in Pomerantz
et al, 1995, supra, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  Such composite DNA binding domains may be used as DNA binding domains in the practice of this invention, together with a target gene construct containing the cognate DNA
sequences to which the composite DBD binds.


In embodiments involving indirect activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the chimeras are effector domains of signaling proteins which upon aggregation or multimerization trigger the activation of transcription under the control
of a responsive promoter.  For example, the signaling domain may be the intracellular domain of the zeta subunit of the T cell receptor, which upon aggregation, triggers transcription of a gene linked to the IL-2 promoter or a derivative thereof (e.g.
iterated NF-AT binding sites).


In another aspect of the invention, the heterologous domains are protein domains which upon mutual association are capable of triggering cell death.  Examples of such domains are the intracellular domains of the Fas antigen or of the TNF R1. 
Chimeric proteins containing a Fas domain can be designed and prepared by analogy to the disclosure of PCT/US94/01617.


Engineered Receptor Domains


As noted previously, the FKBP and FRB domains may contain peptide sequence selected from the peptide sequences of naturally occurring FKBP and FRB domains.  Naturally occurring sequences include those of human FKBP12 and the FRB domain of human
FRAP.  Alternatively, the peptide sequences may be derived from such naturally occurring peptide sequences but contain generally up to 10, and preferably 1-5, mutations in one or both such peptide sequences.  As disclosed in greater detail elswhere
herein, such mutations can confer a number of important features.  For instance, an FKBP domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding an improved rapalog preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three or
four or more orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to rapalog binding by the unmodified FKBP domain.  An FRB domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding a (modified or unmodified) FKBP:rapalog complex preferentially, i.e. at
least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to the unmodified FRB domain.  FKBP and FRB domains may be modified such that they are capable of forming a tripartite complex with an improved
rapalog, preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to unmodified FKBP and FRB domains.


(a) FKBP


Methods for identifying FKBP mutations that confer enhanced ability to bind derivatives of FK506 containing various substituents ("bumps") were disclosed in PCT/US94/01617.  Similar strategies can be used to obtain modified FKBPs that
preferentially bind bumped rapamycin derivatives, i.e., rapalogs.  The structure of the complex between rapamycin and FKBP12 is known (see for example Van Duyne et al., J. Am.  Chem. Soc.  (1991) 113, 7433-7434).  Such data can be used to reveal amino
acid residues that would clash with various rapalog substituents.  In this approach, molecular modelling is used to identify candidate amino acid substitutions in the FKBP domain that would accommodate the rapalog substituent(s), and site-directed
mutagenesis may then be used to engineer the protein mutations so identified.  The mutants are expressed by standard methods and their binding affinity for the rapalogs measured, for example by inhibition of rotamase activity, or by competition for
binding with a molecule such as FK506, if the mutant retains appropriate activity/affinity.


More particularly, we contemplate that certain improved rapalogs of this invention, e.g. rapalogs with modifications relative to rapamycin at C-13 or C-14 bind preferentially to FKBPs in which one or more of the residues, Tyr26, Phe36, Asp37,
Tyr82 and Phe99, are substituted with amino acids that have smaller side chains (such as Gly, Ala, Val, Met and Ser).  Examples of mutant FKBPs with modifications at positions 26 or 36 are noted in the "Illustrative Mutant FKBPs" table above.  Similarly,
we contemplate that rapalogs with modifications at C20 (i.e., rapalogs in which R4 is other than --H) bind preferentially to FKBPs in which Tyr82 and/or Ile56 are replaced by other amino acids, especially those with smaller side chains.  In a further
example, we contemplate that rapalogs bearing modifications at C24 (i.e., in which W is other than .dbd.O) bind preferentially to FKBPs in which one or more of Phe46, Phe48 and Val55 are replaced by other amino acids, again especially those with smaller
side chains.  Moreover, we envisage that rapalogs with modifications at C28 and/or C30 (i.e., in which R3 is other than H and/or V is other than .dbd.O) bind preferentially to FKBPs in which Glu54 is replaced by another amino acid, especially one with a
smaller side chain.  In all of the above examples, single or multiple amino acid substitutions may be made.  Again, specific examples are noted in the previous table.


An alternative to iterative engineering and testing of single or multiple mutants is to co-randomize structurally-identified residues that are or would be in contact with or near one or more rapalog or rapamycin substituents.  A collection of
polypeptides containing FKBP domains randomized at the identified positions (such as are noted in the foregoing paragraph) is prepared e.g. using conventional synthetic or genetic methods.  Such a collection represents a set of FKBP domains containing
replacement amino acids at one or more of such positions.  The collection is screened and FKBP variants are selected which possess the desired rapalog binding properties.  In general, randomizing several residues simultaneously is expected to yield
compensating mutants of higher affinity and specificity for a given bumped rapalog as it maximizes the likelihood of beneficial cooperative interactions between sidechains.  Techniques for preparing libraries randomized at discrete positions are known
and include primer-directed mutagenesis using degenerate oligonucleotides, PCR with degenerate oligonucleotides, and cassette mutagenesis with degenerate oligonucleotides (see for example Lowman, H. B, and Wells, J. A. Methods: Comp.  Methods Enzymol. 
1991.  3, 205-216; Dennis, M. S. and Lazarus, R. A. 1994.  J. Biol.  Chem. 269, 22129-22136; and references therein).


We further contemplate that in many cases, randomization of only the few residues in or near direct contact with a given position in rapamycin may not completely explore all the possible variations in FKBP conformation that could optimally
accommodate a rapalog substituent (bump).  Thus the construction is also envisaged of unbiased libraries containing random substitutions that are not based on structural considerations, to identify subtle mutations or combinations thereof that confer
preferential binding to bumped rapalogs.  Several suitable mutagenesis schemes have been described, including alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science 244, 1081-1085), PCR misincorporation mutagenesis (see eg.  Cadwell and Joyce,
1992, PCR Meth.  Applic.  2, 28-33), and `DNA shuffling` (Stemmer, 1994, Nature 370, 389-391 and Crameri et al, 1996, Nature Medicine 2, 100-103).  These techniques produce libraries of random mutants, or sets of single mutants, that are then searched by
screening or selection approaches.


In many cases, an effective strategy to identify the best mutants for preferential binding of a given bump is a combination of structure-based and unbiased approaches.  See Clackson and Wells, 1994, Trends Biotechnology 12, 173-184 (review).  For
example we contemplate the construction of libraries in which key contact residues are randomized by PCR with degenerate oligonucleotides, but with amplification performed using error-promoting conditions to introduce further mutations at random sites. 
A further example is the combination of component DNA fragments from structure-based and unbiased random libraries using DNA shuffling.


Screening of libraries for desirable mutations may be performed by use of a yeast 2-hybrid system (Fields and Song (1989) Nature 340, 245-246).  For example, an FRB-VP16 fusion may be introduced into one vector, and a library of randomized FKBP
sequences cloned into a separate GAL4 fusion vector.  Yeast co-transformants are treated with rapalog, and those harboring complementary FKBP mutants are identified by for example beta-galactosidase or luciferase production (a screen), or survival on
plates lacking an essential nutrient (a selection), as appropriate for the vectors used.  The requirement for bumped rapamycin to bridge the FKBP-FRAP interaction is a useful screen to eliminate false positives.


A further strategy for isolating modified ligand-binding domains from libraries of FKBP (or FRB) mutants utilizes a genetic selection for functional dimer formation described by Hu et. al. (Hu, J. C., et al. 1990.  Science.  250:1400-1403; for
review see Hu, J. C. 1995.  Structure.  3:431-433).  This strategy utilizes the fact that the bacteriophage lambda repressor cI binds to DNA as a homodimer and that binding of such homodimers to operator DNA prevents transcription of phage genes involved
in the lytic pathway of the phage life cycle.  Thus, bacterial cells expressing functional lambda repressor are immune to lysis by superinfecting phage lambda.  Repressor protein comprises an amino terminal DNA binding domain (amino acids 1-92), joined
by a 40 amino acid flexible linker to a carboxy terminal dimerization domain.  The isolated N-terminal domain binds to DNA with low affinity due to inefficient dimer formation.  High affinity DNA binding can be restored with heterologous dimerization
domains such as the GCN4 "leucine zipper".  Hu et al have described a system in which phage immunity is used as a genetic selection to isolate GCN4 leucine zipper mutants capable of mediating lambda repressor dimer formation from a large population of
sequences (Hu et al., 1990).


For example, to use the lambda repressor system to identify FRAP mutants complementary to bumped rapalogs, lambda repressor-FRAP libraries bearing mutant FRAP sequences are transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FKBP
protein.  Plasmids expressing FRAP mutants are isolated from those colonies that survive lysis on bacterial plates containing high titres of lambda phage and "bumped" rapamycin compounds.  Alternatively, to isolate FKBP mutants, the above strategy is
repeated with lambda repressor-FKBP libraries bearing mutant FKBP sequences transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FRAP protein.


A further alternative is to clone the randomized FKBP sequences into a vector for phage display, allowing in vitro selection of the variants that bind best to the rapalog.  Affinity selection in vitro may be performed in a number of ways.  For
example, rapalog is mixed with the library phage pool in solution in the presence of recombinant FRAP tagged with an affinity handle (for example a hexa-histidine tag, or GST), and the resultant complexes are captured on the appropriate affinity matrix
to enrich for phage displaying FKBP harboring complementary mutations.  Techniques for phage display have been described, and other in vitro selection selection systems can also be contemplated (for example display on lambda phage, display on plasmids,
display on baculovirus).  Furthermore, selection and screening strategies can also be used to improve other properties of benefit in the application of this invention, such as enhanced stability in vivo.  For a review see Clackson, T. & Wells, J. A.
1994.  Trends Biotechnol.  12, 173-184.


(b) FRAP


Similar considerations apply to the generation of mutant FRB domains which bind preferentially to improved rapalogs containing modifications (i.e., are `bumped`) relative to rapamycin in the FRAP-binding portion of the macrocycle.  For example,
one may obtain preferential binding using rapalogs bearing substituents other than -Me at the C7 position with FRBs based on the human FRAP FRB peptide sequence but bearing amino acid substitutions for one of more of the residues Tyr2038, Phe2039,
Thr2098, Gln2099, Trp2101 and Asp2102.  Exemplary mutations include Y2038H, Y2038L, Y2038V, Y2038A, F2039H, F2039L, F2039A, F2039V, D2102A, T2098A, T2098N, and T2098S.  Rapalogs bearing substituents other than --OH at C28 and/or substituents other than
.dbd.O at C30 may be used to obtain preferential binding to FRAP proteins bearing an amino acid substitution for Glu2032.  Examplary mutations include E2032A and E2032S.  Proteins comprising an FRB containing one or more amino acid replacements at the
foregoing positions, libraries of proteins or peptides randomized at those positions (i.e., containing various substituted amino acids at those residues), libraries randomizing the entire protein domain, or combinations of these sets of mutants are made
using the-procedures described above to identify mutant FRAPs that bind preferentially to bumped rapalogs.


The affinity of candidate mutant FRBs for the complex of an FKBP protein complexed with a rapalog may be assayed by a number of techniques; for example binding of in vitro translated FRB mutants to GST-FKBP in the presence of drug (Chen et al.
1995.  Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 92, 4947-4951); or ability to participate in a rapalog-dependent transcriptionally active complex with an appropriate FKBP fusion protein in a yeast two-hybrid assay.


FRB mutants with desired binding properties may be isolated from libraries displayed on phage using a variety of sorting strategies.  For example, a rapalog is mixed with the library phage pool in solution in the presence of recombinant FKBP
tagged with an affinity handle (for example a hexa-histidine tag, or GST), and the resultant complexes are captured on the appropriate affinity matrix to enrich for phage displaying FRAP harboring complementary mutations.


An additional feature of the FRB fusion protein that may vary in the various embodiments of this invention is the exact sequence of the FRB domain used.  In some applications it may be preferred to use portions of an FRB which are larger than the
minimal (89 amino acid) FRB domain.  These include extensions N-terminal to residue Glu2025 (preferably extending to at least Arg2018 or Ile2021), as well as C-terminal extensions beyond position 2113, e.g. to position 2113, 2141 or 2174 or beyond),
which may in some cases improve the stability of the folded FRB domain and/or the efficiency of expression.  Other applications in which different FRB sequence termini may be used include those in which a long linker is desired for steric reasons on one
or both sides of the FRB domain, for example to accommodate the distortions of the polypeptide chain required for FRB-mediated protein--protein association at the cell membrane or on DNA.  Conversely, in other applications short linkers on one or both
sides of the FRB domain may be preferred or required to present the heterologous effector domain(s) appropriately for biological function.  In human gene therapy applications the use of naturally occurring human FRAP sequence for such linkers will
generally be preferred to the introduction of heterologous sequences, or reduce the risk of provoking an immune response in the host organism.


Some rapalogs, especially rapalogs with modifications or substituents (relative to rapamycin) at positions believed to lie near the boundary between the FKBP binding domain and the FRAP binding domain, such as those on C28, C30, C7 and C24,
possess reduced ability, relative to rapamycin, to form complexes with both mammalian FKBP and FRB domains, in particular, with those domains containing naturally occurring human peptide sequence.  That reduced ability may be manifested as a reduced
binding affinity as determined by any of the direct or indirect assay means mentioned herein or as reduced immunosuppressive activity as determined in an appropriate assay such as a T cell proliferation assay.  In such cases, iterative procedures may be
used to identify pairs of mutant FKBPs and mutant FRBs that are capable of complexing with the rapalog more effectively than the corresponding domains containing naturally occurring human peptide sequence.  For example, one may first identify a
complementary modified FKBP domain capable of binding to the rapalog, as discussed previously, and then using this mutant FKBP domain as an affinity matrix in complex with the rapalog, one may select a complementary modified FRB domain capable of
associating with that complex.  Several cycles of such mutagenesis and screening may be performed to optimize the protein pair.


For some embodiments, it will be desirable to use FRB and/or FKBP domains containing mutations that can affect the protein--protein interaction.  For instance, mutant FKBP domains which when bound to a given rapalog are capable of complexing with
an endogenous FRB measurably less effectively than to a mutant FRB are of particular interest.  Also of interest are mutant FRB domains which are capable of associating with a complex of a mutant FKBP with a given rapalog measurable more effectively than
with a complex of an endogenous FKBP with the rapalog.  Similar selection and screening approaches to those delineated previously can be used (i) to identify amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions to an FKBP domain which measurably diminish
the domain's ability to form the tripartite complex with a given rapalog and the endogenous FRB; (ii) to identify amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions to an FRB domain which measurably diminish the domain's ability to form the tripartite
complex with a given rapalog and the endogenous FKBP; and (iii) to select and/or otherwise identify compensating mutation(s) in the partner protein.  As examples of suitable mutant FKBPs with diminished effectiveness in tripartite complex formation, we
include mammalian, preferably human FKBP in which one or both of His87 and Ile90 are replaced with amino acids such as Arg, Trp, Phe, Tyr or Lys which contain bulky side chain groups; FRB domains, preferably containing mammalian, and more preferably of
human, peptide sequence may then be mutated as described above to generate complementary variants which are capable of forming a tripartite complex with the mutant FKBP and a given rapalog.  Illustrative FRB mutations which may be useful with H87W or
H87R hFKBP12s include human FRBs in which Y2038 is replaced by V, S, A or L; F2039 is replaced by A; and/or R2042 is replaced by L, A or S. Illustrative FRB mutations which may be useful with I90W or I90R hFKBP12s include human FRBs in which K2095 is
replaced with L, S, A or T.


Additionally, in optimizing the receptor domains of this invention, it should be appreciated that immunogenicity of a polypeptide sequence is thought to require the binding of peptides by MHC proteins and the recognition of the presented peptides
as foreign by endogenous T-cell receptors.  It may be preferable, at least in human gene therapy applications, to tailor a given foreign peptide sequence, including junction peptide sequences, to minimize the probability of its being immunologically
presented in humans.  For example, peptide binding to human MHC class I molecules has strict requirements for certain residues at key `anchor` positions in the bound peptide: eg.  HLA-A2 requires leucine, methionine or isoleucine at position 2 and
leucine or valine at the C-terminus (for review see Stern and Wiley (1994) Structure 2, 145-251).  Thus in engineering proteins in the practice of this invention, this periodicity of these residues is preferably avoided, especially in human gene therapy
applications.  The foregoing applies to all protein engineering aspects of the invention, including without limitation the engineering of point mutations into receptor domains, and to the choice or design of boundaries between the various protein
domains.


Other Components, Design Features and Applications


The chimeric proteins may contain as a heterologous domain a cellular localization domain such as a membrane retention domain.  See e.g. PCT/U594/01617, especially pages 26-27.  Briefly, a membrane retention domain can be isolated from any
convenient membrane-bound protein, whether endogenous to the host cell or not.  The membrane retention domain may be a transmembrane retention domain, i.e., an amino acid sequence which extends across the membrane as in the case of cell surface proteins,
incluing many receptors.  The transmembrane peptide sequence may be extended to span part or all of an extracellular and/or intracellular domain as well.  Alternatively, the membrane retention domain may be a lipid membrane retention domain such as a
myristoylation or palmitoylation site which permits association with the lipids of the cell surface membrane.  Lipid membrane retention domains will usually be added at the 5' end of the coding sequence for N-terminal binding to the membrane and,
proximal to the 3' end for C-terminal binding.  Peptide sequences involving post-translational processing to provide for lipid membrane binding are described by Carr, et al., PNAS USA (1988) 79, 6128; Aitken, et al., FEBS Lett.  (1982) 150, 314;
Henderson, et al., PNAS USA (1983) 80, 319; Schulz, et al., Virology (1984), 123, 2131; Deliman, et al., Nature (1985) 314, 374; and reviewed in Ann.  Rev, of Biochem.  (1988) 57, 69.  An amino acid sequence of interest includes the sequence
M-G-S-S-K-S-K-P-K-D-P-S-Q-R (SEQ ID NO 1).  Various DNA sequences can be used to encode such sequences in the various chimeric proteins of this invention.  Other localization domains include organelle-targeting domains and sequences such as -K-D-E-L (SEQ
ID NO 2) and -H-D-E-L (SEQ ID NO 3) which target proteins bearing them to the endoplasmic reticulum, as well as nuclear localization sequences which are particularly useful for chimeric proteins designed for (direct) transcriptional regulation.  Various
cellular localization sequences and signals are well known in the art.


Further details which may be used in the practice of the subject invention relating to the design, assembly and use of constructs encoding chimeric proteins containing various effector domains including cytoplasmic signal initiation domains such
as the CD3 zeta chain, nuclear transcription factor domains including among others VP16 and GAL4, domains capable of triggering apoptosis including the Fas cytoplasmic domain and others are disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 and PCT/US95/10591.  The latter
international application further discloses additional features particularly applicable to the creation of, genetically engineered animals which may be used as disease models in biopharmaceutical research.  Those features include the use of tissue
specific regulatory elements in the constructs for expression of the chimeric proteins and the application of regulated transcription to the expression of Cre recombinase as the target gene leading to the elimination of a gene of interest flanked by loxP
sequences.  Alternatively, flp and its cognate recognition sequences may be used instead of Cre and lox.  Those features may be adapted to the subject invention.


In various cases, especially in embodiments involving whole animals containing cells engineered in accordance with this invention, it will often be preferred, and in some cases required, that the various domains of the chimeric proteins be
derived from proteins of the same species as the host cell.  Thus, for genetic engineering of human cells, it is often preferred that the heterologous domains (as well as the FKBP and FRB domains) be of human origin, rather than of bacterial, yeast or
other non-human source.


We also note that epitope tags may also be incorporated into chimeric proteins of this invention to permit convenient detection.


Tissue-Specific or Cell-Type Specific Expression


It will be preferred in certain embodiments, that the chimeric proteins be expressed in a cell-specific or tissue-specific manner.  Such specificity of expression may be achieved by operably linking one ore more of the DNA sequences encoding the
chimeric protein(s) to a cell-type specific transcriptional regulatory sequence (e.g. promoter/enhancer).  Numerous cell-type specific transcriptional regulatory sequences are known.  Others may be obtained from genes which are expressed in a
cell-specific manner.  See e.g. PCT/US95/10591, especially pp.  36-37.


For example, constructs for expressing the chimeric proteins may contain regulatory sequences derived from known genes for specific expression in selected tissues.


Representative examples are tabulated below:


 Tissue Gene Reference  lens g2-crystallin Breitman, M.L., Clapoff, S., Rossant, J., Tsui,  L.C., Golde, L.M.,  Maxwell, I.H., Bernstin, A. (1987) Genetic  Ablation: targeted  expression of a toxin gene causes  microphthalmia in transgenic  mice.
Science 238: 1563-1565  aA-crystallin Landel, C.P., Thao, J., Bok, D., Evans, G.A.  (1988) Lens-specific  expression of a recombinant ricin induces  developmental defects  in the eyes of transgenic mice. Genes Dev. 2:  1168-1178  Kaur, S., key, B.,
Stock, J., McNeish, J.D.,  Akeson, R., Potter, S.S.  (1989) Targeted ablation of  alpha-crystallin-synthesizing cells  produces lens-deficient eyes in transgenic  mice. Development 105:  613-619  pituitary- Growth hormone Behringer, R.R., Mathews, L.S.,
Palmiter, R.D.,  Brinster, R.L.  somatrophic (1988) Dwarf mice produced by genetic ablation  of growth  cells hormone-expressing cells. Genes Dev. 2: 453461  pancreas Insulin- Omitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Hammer, R.E.,  Brinster, R.L.,  Elastase - acinar
Swift, G.H., MacDonald, R.J. (1985) Specific  expression of an  cell specific elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic  acinar cells of  trausgeneic mice. Nature 131: 600-603  Palmiter, R.D., Behringer, R.R., Quaife, C.J.,  Maxwell, F.,  Maxwell, I.H.,
Brinster, R.L. (1987) Cell  lineage ablation in  transgeneic mice by cell-specific expression of  a toxin gene. Cell  50: 435443  T cells 1ck promoter Chaffin, K.E., Beals, C.R., Wilkie, T.M.,  Forbush, K.A., Simon,  M.L, Perlmutter, R.M. (1990) EMBO
Journal 9:  3821-3829  B cells Immunoglobulin Borelli, E., Heyman, R., Hsi, M., Evans, R.M.  (1988) Targeting of  kappa light an inducible toxic phenotype in animal cells.  Proc. Natl. Acad.  chain Sci. USA 85: 7572-7576  Heyman, R.A., Borrelli, E.,
Lesley, J.,  Anderson, D., Richmond,  D.D., Baird, S.M., Hyman, R., Evans, R.M.  (1989) Thymidine  kinase obliteration: creation of transgenic  mice with controlled  immunodeficiencies. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86: 2698-2702  Schwann P.sub.0 promoter
Messing, A., Behringer, R.R., Hammang, J.P.  Palmiter, RD,  cells Brinster, RL, Lemke, G. ,PO promoter directs  espression of reporter  and toxin genes to Schwann cells of transgenic  mice. Neuron 8:507-  520 1992  Myelin basic Miskimins, R. Knapp, L.,
Dewey,MJ, Zhang, X.  Cell and tissue-  protein specific expression of a heterologous gene  under control of the  myelin basic protein gene promoter in trangenic  mice. Brain Res  Dev Brain Res 1992 Vol 65: 217-21  spermatids protamine Breitman, M.L.,
Rombola, H., Maxwell, I.H.,  Klintworth, G.K.,  Bernstein, A. (1990) Genetic ablation in  transgenic mice with  attenuated diphtheria toxin A gene. Mol. Cell.  Biol. 10: 474-479  lung Lung surfacant Ornitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Hammer, R.E.,  Brinster,
R.L.,  gene Swift, G.H., MacDonald, R.J. (1985) Specific  expression of an  elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic  acinar cells of  transgeneic mice. Nature 131: 600-603  adipocyte P2 Ross, S.R, Braves, RA, Spiegelman, BM Targeted  expression of a 
toxin gene to adipose tissue: transgenic mice  resistant to obesity  Genes and Dev 7: 1318-24 1993  muscle myosin light Lee, KJ, Ross, RS, Rockman, HA, Harris, AN,  (YBrien, TX, van-  chain Bilsen, M., Shubeita, HE, Kandolf, R., Brem,  C., Prices et alJ. Biol. Chem. 1992 Aug 5, 267: 15875-85  Alpha actin Muscat, GE., Perry, S. , Prentice, H. Kedes, L.  The human skeletal  alpha-actin gene is regulated by a  muscle-specific enhancer that  binds three nuclear factors. Gene Expression 2,  111-26, 1992  . .
. /. . . neurons neurofilament Reeben, M. Halmekyto, M. Aihonen, L.  Sinervirta, R. Saarma, M.  proteins Janne,J. Tissue-specific expression of rat  light neurofilament  promoter-driven reporter gene in transgenic  mice. BBRC 1993:  192: 465-70  liver
tyrosine  aminotransfer-  ase, albumin,  apolipoproteins


Target Gene Constructs


In embodiments of the invention in which the chimeric proteins are designed such that their multimerization activates transcription of a target gene, an appropriate target gene construct is also used in the engineered cells.  Appropriate target
gene constructs are those containing a target gene and a cognate transcriptional control element such as a promoter and/or enhancer which is responsive to the multimerization of the chimeric proteins.  In embodiments involving direct activation of
transcription, that responsiveness may be achieved by the presence in the target gene construct of one or more DNA sequences recognized by the DNA-binding domain of a chimeric protein of this invention (i.e., a DNA sequence to which the chimeric protein
binds).  In embodiments involving indirect activation of transcription, responsiveness may be achieved by the presence in the target gene construct of a promoter and/or enhancer sequence which is activated by an intracellular signal generated by
multimerization of the chimeric proteins.  For example, where the chimeric proteins contain the TCR zeta chain intracellular domain, the target gene is linked to and under the expression control of the IL-2 promoter region.


This invention also provides target DNA constructs containing (a) a cognate DNA sequence, e.g. to which a DNA-binding chimeric protein of this invention is capable of binding (or which is susceptible to indirect activation as discussed above),
and (b) flanking DNA sequence from the locus of a desired target gene endogenous to the host cells.  These constructs permit homologous recombination of the cognate DNA sequence into a host cell in association with an endogenous target gene.  In other
embodiments the construct contains a desired gene and flanking DNA sequence from a target locus permitting the homologous recombination of the target gene into the desired locus.  Such a target construct may also contain the cognate DNA sequence, or the
cognate DNA sequence may be provided by the locus.


The target gene in any of the foregoing embodiments may encode for example a surface membrane protein (such as a receptor protein), a secreted protein, a cytoplasmic protein, a nuclear protein, a recombinase such as Cre, a ribozyme or an
antisense RNA.  See PCT/US94/01617 for general design and construction details and for various applications including gene therapy and see PCT/US95/10591 regarding applications to animal models of disease.


This invention encompasses a variety of configurations for the chimeric proteins.  In all cases involving the activation of target gene transcription, however, the chimeric proteins share an important characteristic: cells containing constructs
encoding the chimeras and a target gene construct express the target gene at least one, preferably at least two, and more preferably at least three or four or more orders of magnitude more in the presence of the multimerizing ligand than in its absence. 
Optimally, expression of the selected gene is not observed unless the cells are or have been exposed to a multimerizing ligand.


To recap, the chimeric proteins are capable of initiating a detectable level of transcription of target genes within the engineered cells upon exposure of the cells to the an improved rapalog, i.e., following multimerization of the chimeras. 
Thus, transcription of target genes is activated in genetically engineered cells of this invention following exposure of the cells to an improved rapalog capable of multimerizing the chimeric protein molecules.  Said differently, genetically engineered
cells of this invention contain chimeric proteins as described above and are responsive to the presence and/or concentration of an improved rapalog which is capable of multimerizing those chimeric protein molecules.  That responsiveness is manifested by
the activation of transcription of a target gene.  Such transcriptional activity can be readily detected by any conventional assays for transcription of the target gene.  In other embodiments, the biological response to ligand-mediated multimerization of
the chimeras is cell death or other biological events rather than direct activation of transcription of a target gene.


Design and Assembly of the DNA Constructs


Constructs may be designed in accordance with the principles, illustrative examples and materials and methods disclosed in the patent documents and scientific literature cited herein, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, with
modifications and further exemplification as described herein.  Components of the constructs can be prepared in conventional ways, where the coding sequences and regulatory regions may be isolated, as appropriate, ligated, cloned in an appropriate
cloning host, analyzed by restriction or sequencing, or other convenient means.  Particularly, using PCR, individual fragments including all or portions of a functional unit may be isolated, where one or more mutations may be introduced using "primer
repair", ligation, in vitro mutagenesis, etc. as appropriate.  In the case of DNA constructs encoding fusion proteins, DNA sequences encoding individual domains and sub-domains are joined such that they constitute a single open reading frame encoding a
fusion protein capable of being translated in cells or cell lysates into a single polypeptide harboring all component domains.  The DNA construct encoding the fusion protein may then be placed into a vector that directs the expression of the protein in
the appropriate cell type(s).  For biochemical analysis of the encoded chimera, it may be desirable to construct plasmids that direct the expression of the protein in bacteria or in reticulocyte-lysate systems.  For use in the production of proteins in
mammalian cells, protein-encoding sequence is introduced into an expression vector that directs expression in these cells.  Expression vectors suitable for such uses are well known in the art.  Various sorts of such vectors are commercially available.


Constructs encoding the chimeric proteins and target genes of this invention can be introduced into the cells as one or more DNA molecules or constructs, in many cases in association with one or more markers to allow for selection of host cells
which contain the construct(s).  The construct(s) once completed and demonstrated to have the appropriate sequences may then be introduced into a host cell by any convenient means.  The constructs may be incorporated into vectors capable of episomal
replication (e.g. BPV or EBV vectors) or into vectors designed for integration into the host cells' chromosomes.  The constructs may be integrated and packaged into non-replicating, defective viral genomes like Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus (AAV),
or Herpes simplex virus (HSV) or others, including retroviral vectors, for infection or transduction into cells.  Viral delivery systems are discussed in greater detail below.  Alternatively, the construct may be introduced by protoplast fusion,
electro-poration, biolistics, calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection, microinjection of DNA or the like.  The host cells will in some cases be grown and expanded in culture before introduction of the construct(s), followed by the appropriate
treatment for introduction of the construct(s) and integration of the construct(s).  The cells will then be expanded and screened by virtue of a marker present in the constructs.  Various markers which may be used successfully include hprt, neomycin
resistance, thymidine kinase, hygromycin resistance, etc., and various cell-surface markers such as Tac, CD8, CD3, Thy1 and the NGF receptor.


In some instances, one may have a target site for homologous recombination, where it is desired that a construct be integrated at a particular locus.  For example, one can delete and/or replace an endogenous gene (at the same locus or elsewhere)
with a recombinant target construct of this invention.  For homologous recombination, one may generally use either .OMEGA.  or O-vectors.  See, for example, Thomas and Capecchi, Cell (1987) 51, 503-512; Mansour, et al., Nature (1988) 336, 348-352; and
Joyner, et al., Nature (1989) 338, 153-156.


The constructs may be introduced as a single DNA molecule encoding all of the genes, or different DNA molecules having one or more genes.  The constructs may be introduced simultaneously or consecutively, each with the same or different markers.


Vectors containing useful elements such as bacterial or yeast origins of replication, selectable and/or amplifiable markers, promoter/enhancer elements for expression in procaryotes or eucaryotes, and mammalian expression control elements, etc.
which maybe used to prepare stocks of construct DNAs and for carrying out transfections are well known in the art, and many are commercially available.


Delivery of Nuceic Acid: Ex vivo and in vivo


Any means for the introduction of heterologous nucleic acids into host cells, especially eucaryotic cells, an in particular animal cells, preferably human or non-human mammalian cells, may be adapted to the practice of this invention.  For the
purpose of this discussion, the various nucleic acid constructs described herein may together be referred to as the transgene.  Ex vivo approaches for delivery of DNA include calcium phosphate precipitation, electroporation, lipofection and infection via
viral vectors.  Two general in vivo gene therapy approaches include (a) the delivery of "naked", lipid-complexed or liposome-formulated or otherwise formulated DNA and (b) the delivery of the heterologous nucleic acids via viral vectors.  In the former
approach, prior to formulation of DNA, e.g. with lipid, a plasmid containing a transgene bearing the desired DNA constructs may first be experimentally optimized for expression (e.g., inclusion of an intron in the 5' untranslated region and elimination
of unnecessary sequences (Felgner, et al., Ann NY Acad Sci 126-139, 1995).  Formulation of DNA, e.g. with various lipid or liposome materials, may then be effected using known methods and materials and delivered to the recipient mammal.


While various viral vectors may be used in the practice of this invention, retroviral-, AAV- and adenovirus-based approaches are of particular interest.  See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 81, 7529-7533;
Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol.  Chem. 265, 17285-17293 and Ferry, et al. (1991) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 88, 8377-8381.  The following
additional guidance on the choice and use of viral vectors may be helpful to the practitioner.


Retroviral Vectors


Retroviruses are a class of RNA viruses in which the RNA genome is reversely transcribed to DNA in the infected cell.  The retroviral genome can integrate into the host cell genome and requires three viral genes, gag, pol and env, as well as the
viral long terminal repeats (LTRs).  The LTRs also act as enhancers and promoters for the viral genes.  The packaging sequence of the virus, (.PSI.), allows the viral RNA to be distinguished from other RNAs in the cell (Verma et al., Nature 389:239-242,
1997).  For expression of a foreign gene, the viral proteins are replaced with the gene of interest in the viral vector, which is then transfected into a packaging line containing the viral packaging components.  Packaged virus is secreted from the
packaging line into the culture medium, which can then be used to infect cells in culture.  Since retroviruses are unable to infect non-dividing cells, they have been used primarily for ex vivo gene therapy.


AAV Vectors


Adeno-associated virus (AAV)-based vectors are of general interest as a delivery vehicle to various tissues, including muscle and lung.  AAV vectors infect cells and stably integrate into the cellular genome with high frequency.  AAV can infect
and integrate into growth-arrested cells (such as the pulmonary epithelium), and is non-pathogenic.


The AAV-based expression vector to be used typically includes the 145 nucleotide AAV inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) flanking a restriction site that can be used for subcloning of the transgene, either directly using the restriction site
available, or by excision of the transgene with restriction enzymes followed by blunting of the ends, ligation of appropriate DNA linkers, restriction digestion, and ligation into the site between the rTRs.  The capacity of AAV vectors is about 4.4 kb. 
The following proteins have been expressed using various AAV-based vectors, and a variety of promoter/enhancers: neomycin phosphotransferase, chloramphenicol acetyl transferase, Fanconi's anemia gene, cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator,
and granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (Kotin, R. M., Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994, Table I).  A transgene incorporating the various DNA constructs of this invention can similarly be included in an AAV-based vector.  As an alternative
to inclusion of a constitutive promoter such as CMV to drive expression of the recombinant DNA encoding the fusion protein(s), an AAV promoter can be used (ITR itself or AAV p5 (Flotte, et al. J. Biol.  Chem. 268:3781-3790, 1993)).


Such a vector can be packaged into AAV virions by reported methods.  For example, a human cell line such as 293 can be co-transfected with the AAV-based expression vector and another plasmid containing open reading frames encoding AAV rep and cap
under the control of endogenous AAV promoters or a heterologous promoter.  In the absence of helper virus, the rep proteins Rep68 and Rep78 prevent accumulation of the replicative form, but upon superinfection with adenovirus or herpes virus, these
proteins permit replication from the YFRs (present only in the construct containing the transgene) and expression of the viral capsid proteins.  This system results in packaging of the transgene DNA into AAV virions (Carter, B. J., Current Opinion in
Biotechnology 3:533-539, 1992; Kotin, R. M, Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994)).  Methods to improve the titer of AAV can also be used to express the transgene in an AAV virion.  Such strategies include, but are not limited to: stable expression of the
ITR-flanked transgene in a cell line followed by transfection with a second plasmid to direct viral packaging; use of a cell line that expresses AAV proteins inducibly, such as temperature-sensitive inducible expression or pharmacologically inducible
expression.  Additionally, one may increase the efficiency of AAV transduction by treating the cells with an agent that facilitates the conversion of the single stranded form to the double stranded form, as described in Wilson et al., WO96/39530.


Concentration and purification of the virus can be achieved by reported methods such as banding in cesium chloride gradients, as was used for the initial report of AAV vector expression in vivo (Flotte, et al. J. Biol.  Chem. 268:3781-3790, 1993)
or chromatographic purification, as described in O'Riordan et al., WO97/08298.


For additional detailed guidance on AAV-technology which may be -useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of the recombinant AAV vector
containing the transgene, and its use in transfecting cells and mammals, see e.g. Carter et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 4,797,368 (Jan.  10, 1989); Muzyczka et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,139,941 (Aug.  18, 1992); Lebkowski et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,173,414 (Dec.  22,
1992); Srivastava, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,252,479 (Oct.  12, 1993); Lebkowski et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,354,678 (Oct.  11, 1994); Shenk et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,436,146 (Jul.  25, 1995); Chatteree et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,454,935 (Dec.  12, 1995), Carter et al
WO 93/24641 (published Dec.  9, 1993), and Flotte et al., U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,658,776 (Aug.  19, 1997).


Adenovirus Vectors


Various adenovirus vectors have been shown to be of use in the transfer of genes to mammals, including humans.  Replication-deficient adenovirus vectors have been used to express marker proteins and CFTR in the pulmonary epithelium.  The first
generation E1a deleted adenovirus vectors have been improved upon with a second generation that includes a temperature-sensitive E2a viral protein, designed to express less viral protein and thereby make the virally infected cell less of a target for the
immune system (Goldman et al., Human Gene Therapy 6:839-851, 1995).  More recently, a viral vector deleted of all viral open reading frames has been reported (Fisher et al., Virology 217:11-22, 1996).  Moreover, it has been shown that expression of viral
IL-10 inhibits the immune response to adenoviral antigen (Qin et al., Human Gene Therapy 8:1365-1374, 1997).


DNA sequences of a number of adenovirus types are available from Genbank.  The adenovirus DNA sequences may be obtained from any of the 41 human adenovirus types currently identified.  Various adenovirus strains are available from the American
Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md., or by request from a number of commercial and academic sources.  A transgene as described herein may be incorporated into any adenoviral vector and delivery protocol, by the same methods (restriction digest,
linker ligation or filling in of ends, and ligation) used to insert the CFTR or other genes into the vectors.  Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV vectors represented by an adenovirus capsid containing selected portions of the adenovirus sequence, 5' and 3' AAV ITR
sequences flanking the transgene and other conventional vector regulatory elements may also be used.  See e.g. Wilson et al, International Patent Application Publication No. WO 96/13598.  For additional detailed guidance on adenovirus and hybrid
adenovirus-AAV technology which may be useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of recombinant virus containing the transgene, and its use in
transfecting cells and mammals, see also Wilson et al, WO 94/28938, WO 96/13597 and WO 96/26285, and references cited therein.


Generally the DNA or viral particles are transferred to a biologically compatible solution or pharmaceutically acceptable delivery vehicle, such as sterile saline, or other aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or
suspensions, numerous examples of which are well known in the art, including Ringer's, phosphate buffered saline, or other similar vehicles.


Preferably, in gene therapy applications, the DNA or recombinant virus is administered in sufficient amounts to transfect cells at a level providing therapeutic benefit without undue adverse effects.  Optimal dosages of DNA or virus depends on a
variety of factors, as discussed elsewhere, and may thus vary somewhat from patient to patient.  Again, therapeutically effective doses of viruses are considered to be in the range of about 20 to about 50 ml of saline solution containing concentrations
of from about 1.times.10.sup.7 to about 1.times.10.sup.10 pfu of virus/ml, e.g. from 1.times.10.sup.8 to 1.times.10.sup.9 pfu of virus/ml.


Host Cells


This invention is particularly useful for the engineering of animal cells and in applications involving the use of such engineered animal cells.  The animal cells may be insect, worm or mammalian cells.  While various mammalian cells may be used,
including, by way of example, equine, bovine, ovine, canine, feline, murine, and non-human primate cells, human cells are of particular interest.  Among the various species, various types of cells may be used, such as hematopoietic, neural, glial,
mesenchymal, cutaneous, mucosal, stromal, muscle (including smooth muscle cells), spleen, reticulo-endothelial, epithelial, endothelial, hepatic, kidney, gastrointestinal, pulmonary, fibroblast, and other cell types.  Of particular interest are
hematopoietic cells, which may include any of the nucleated cells which may be involved with the erythroid, lymphoid or myelomonocytic lineages, as well as myoblasts and fibroblasts.  Also of interest are stem and progenitor cells, such as hematopoietic,
neural, stromal, muscle, hepatic, pulmonary, gastrointestinal and mesenchymal stem cells


The cells may be autologous cells, syngeneic cells, allogeneic cells and even in some cases, xenogeneic cells with respect to an intended host organism.  The cells may be modified by changing the major histocompatibility complex ("MHC") profile,
by inactivating .beta.2-microglobulin to prevent the formation of functional Class I MHC molecules, inactivation of Class II molecules, providing for expression of one or more MHC molecules, enhancing or inactivating cytotoxic capabilities by enhancing
or inhibiting the expression of genes associated with the cytotoxic activity, or the like.


In some instances specific clones or oligoclonal cells may be of interest, where the cells have a particular specificity, such as T cells and B cells having a specific antigen specificity or homing target site specificity.


Introduction of Constructs into Animals


Cells which have been modified ex vivo with the DNA constructs may be grown in culture under selective conditions and cells which are selected as having the desired construct(s) may then be expanded and further analyzed, using, for example, the
polymerase chain reaction for determining the presence of the construct in the host cells and/or assays for the production of the desired gene product(s).  Once modified host cells have been identified, they may then be used as planned, e.g. grown in
culture or introduced into a host organism.


Depending upon the nature of the cells, the cells may be introduced into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, in a wide variety of ways.  Hematopoietic cells may be administered by injection into the vascular system, there being usually at least about
10.sup.4 cells and generally not more than about 10.sup.10 cells.  The number of cells which are employed will depend upon a number of circumstances, the purpose for the introduction, the lifetime of the cells, the protocol to be used, for example, the
number of administrations, the ability of the cells to multiply, the stability of the therapeutic agent, the physiologic need for the therapeutic agent, and the like.  Generally, for myoblasts or fibroblasts for example, the number of cells will be at
least about 104 and not more than about 109 and may be applied as a dispersion, generally being injected at or near the site of interest.  The cells will usually be in a physiologically-acceptable medium.


Cells engineered in accordance with this invention may also be encapsulated, e.g. using conventional biocompatible materials and methods, prior to implantation into the host organism or patient for the production of a therapeutic protein.  See
e.g. Hguyen et al, Tissue Implant Systems and Methods for Sustaining viable High Cell Densities within a Host, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,314,471 (Baxter International, Inc.); Uludag and Sefton, 1993, J Biomed.  Mater.  Res.  27(10):1213-24 (HepG2
cells/hydroxyethyl methacrylate-methyl methacrylate membranes); Chang et al, 1993, Hum Gene Ther 4(4):433-40 (mouse Ltk- cells expressing hGH/immunoprotective perm-selective alginate microcapsules; Reddy et al, 1993, J Infect Dis 168(4):1082-3
(alginate); Tai and Sun, 1993, FASEB J 7(11):1061-9 (mouse fibroblasts expressing hGH/alginate-poly-L-lysine-alginate membrane); Ao et al, 1995, Transplanataion Proc.  27(6):3349, 3350 (alginate); Rajotte et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc.  27(6):3389
(alginate); Lakey et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc.  27(6):3266 (alginate); Korbutt et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc.  27(6):3212 (alginate); Dorian et al, U.S.  Pat.  No. 5,429,821 (alginate); Emerich et al, 1993, Exp Neurol 122(1):37-47
(polymer-encapsulated PC12 cells); Sagen et al, 1993, J Neurosci 13(6):2415-23 (bovine cnromaffin cells encapsulated in semipermeable polymer membrane and implanted into rat spinal subarachnoid space); Aebischer et al, 1994, Exp Neurol 126(2):151-8
(polymer-encapsulated rat PC12 cells implanted into monkeys; see also Aebischer, WO 92/19595); Savelkoul et al, 1994, J Immunol Methods 170(2):185-96 (encapsulated hybridomas producing antibodies; encapsulated transfected cell lines expressing various
cytokines); Winn et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(6):2324-8 (engineered BHK cells expressing human nerve growth factor encapsulated in an immunoisolation polymeric device and transplanted into rats); Emerich et al, 1994, Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry
18(5):935-46 (polymer-encapsulated PC12 cells implanted into rats); Kordower et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(23):10898-902 (polymer-encapsulated engineered BHK cells expressing hNGF implanted into monkeys) and Butler et al WO 95/04521 (encapsulated device). 
The cells may then be introduced in encapsulated form into an animal host, preferably a mammal and more preferably a human subject in need thereof.  Preferably the encapsulating material is semipermeable, permitting release into the host of secreted
proteins produced by the encapsulated cells.  In many embodiments the semipermeable encapsulation renders the encapsulated cells immunologically isolated from the host organism in which the encapsulated cells are introduced.  In those embodiments the
cells to be encapsulated may express one or more chimeric proteins containing component domains derived from proteins of the host species and/or from viral proteins or proteins from species other than the host species.  For example in such cases the
chimeras may contain elements derived from GAL4 and VP16.  The cells may be derived from one or more individuals other than the recipient and may be derived from a species other than that of the recipient organism or patient.


Instead of ex vivo modification of the cells, in many situations one may wish to modify cells in vivo.  For this purpose, various techniques have been developed for modification of target tissue and cells in vivo.  A number of viral vectors have
been developed, such as adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, and retroviruses, as discussed above, which allow for transfection and, in some cases, integration of the virus into the host.  See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci. USA 81, 7529-7533; Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol.  Chem. 265, 17285-17293 and Ferry, et al. (1991) Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 88,
8377-8381.  The vector may be administered by injection, e.g. intravascularly or intramuscularly, inhalation, or other parenteral mode.  Non-viral delivery methods such as administration of the DNA via complexes with liposomes or by injection, catheter
or biolistics may also be used.


In accordance with in vivo genetic modification, the manner of the modification will depend on the nature of the tissue, the efficiency of cellular modification required, the number of opportunities to modify the particular cells, the
accessibility of the tissue to the DNA composition to be introduced, and the like.  By employing an attenuated or modified retrovirus carrying a target transcriptional initiation region, if desired, one can activate the virus using one of the subject
transcription factor constructs, so that the virus may be produced and transfect adjacent cells.


The DNA introduction need not result in integration in every case.  In some situations, transient maintenance of the DNA introduced may be sufficient.  In this way, one could have a short term effect, where cells could be introduced into the host
and then turned on after a predetermined time, for example, after the cells have been able to home to a particular site.


Binding Properties, Assays


Rapamycin is known to bind to the human protein, FKBP12 and to form a tripartite complex with hFKBP12 and FRAP, a human counterpart to the yeast proteins TOR1 and TOR2.  Rapalogs may be characterized and compared to rapamycin with respect to
their ability to bind to human FKBP12 and/or to form tripartite complexes with human FKBP12 and human FRAP (or fusion proteins or fragments containing its FRB domain).  See WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al).  That application discloses various materials and
methods which can be used to quantify the ability of a compound to bind to human FKBP12 or to form a tripartite complex with (i.e., "heterodimerize") proteins comprising human FKBP12 and the FRB domain of human FRAP, respectively.  Such assays include
fluorescence polarization assays to measure binding.  Also included are cell based transcription assays in which the ability of a compound to form the tripartite complex is measured indirectly by correlation with the observed level of reporter gene
product produced by engineered mammalian cells in the presence of the compound.  Corresponding cell-based assays may also be conducted in engineered yeast cells.  See e.g. WO 95/33052 (Berlin et al).


It will often be preferred that the rapalogs of this invention be physiologically acceptable (i.e., lack undue toxicity toward the cell or organism with which it is to be used), can be taken orally by animals (i.e., is orally active in
applications in whole animals, including gene therapy), and/or can cross cellular and other membranes, as necessary for a particular application.


In addition, preferred rapalogs are those which bind preferentially to mutant immunophilins (by way of non-limiting example, a human FKBP in which Phe36 is replaced with a different amino acid, preferably an amino acid with a less bulky R group
such as valine or alanine) over native or naturally-ocurring immunophilins.  For example, such compounds may bind preferentially to mutant FKBPs at least an order of magnitude better than they bind to human FKBP12, and in some cases may bind to mutant
FKBPs greater than 2 or even 3 or more orders of magnitude better than they do to human FKBP12, as determined by any scientifically valid or art-accepted assay methodology.


Binding affinities of various rapalogs of this invention with respect to human FKBP12, variants thereof or other immunophilin proteins may be determined by adaptation of known methods used in the case of FKBP.  For instance, the practitioner may
measure the ability of a compound of this invention to compete with the binding of a known ligand to the protein of interest.  See e.g. Sierkierka et al, 1989, Nature 341, 755-757 (test compound competes with binding of labeled FK506 derivative to FKBP).


One set of preferred rapalogs of this invention which binds, to human FKBP12, to a mutant thereof as discussed above, or to a fusion protein containing such FKBP domains, with a Kd value below about 200 nM, more preferably below about 50 nM, even
more preferably below about 10 nM, and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g. fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g. versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or
other assay methodology.  In one subset of such compounds, the FKBP domain is one in which phenylalanine at position 36 has been replaced with an amino acid having a less bulky side chain, e.g. alanine, valine, methionine or serine.


A Competitive Binding FP Assay is described in detail in the examples which follow.  That assay permits the in vitro measurement of an IC50 value for a given compound which reflects its ability to bind to an FKBP protein in competition with a
labeled FKBP ligand, such as, for example, FK506.


One preferred class of compounds of this invention are those rapalogs which have an IC50 value in the Competitive Binding FP Assay better than 1000 nM, preferably better than 300 nM, more preferably better than 100 nM, and even more preferably
better than 10 nM with respect to a given FKBP domain and ligand pair, e.g. human FKBP12 or a variant thereof with up to 10, preferably up to 5 amino acid replacements, with a flouresceinated FK506 standard.  In one subset of that class, the FKBP domain
has one of the abovementioned modifications at position 36.


The ability of the rapalogs to multimerize chimeric proteins may be measured in cell-based assays by measuring the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization.  For instance, one may use cells containing and capable of expressing DNA
encoding a first chimeric protein comprising one or more FKBP- domains and one or more effector domains as well as DNA encoding a second chimeric protein containing an FRB domain and one or more effector domains capable, upon multimerization, of
actuating a biological response.  We prefer to use cells which further contain a reporter gene under the transcriptional control of a regulatory element (i.e., promoter) which is responsive to the multimerization of the chimeric proteins.  The design and
preparation of illustrative components and their use in so engineered cells is described in WO96/41865 and the other international patent applications referred to in this and the foregoing section.  The cells are grown or maintained in culture.  A
rapalog is added to the culture medium and after a suitable incubation period (to permit gene expression and secretion, e.g. several hours or overnight) the presence of the reporter gene product is measured.  Positive results, Le., multimerization,
correlates with transcription of the reporter gene as observed by the appearance of the reporter gene product.  The reporter gene product may be a conveniently detectable protein (e.g. by ELISA) or may catalyze the production of a conveniently detectable
product (e.g. colored).  Materials and methods for producing appropriate cell lines for conducting such assays are disclosed in the international patent applications cited above in this section.  Typically used target genes include by way of example
SEAP, hGH, beta-galactosidase, Green Fluorescent Protein and luciferase, for which convenient assays are commercially available.


Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in a 2-hybrid transcription assay based on fusion proteins containing an FKBP domain.  Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP
domain other than wild-type human FKBP12.


Another assay for measuring the ability of the rapalogs to multimerize chimeric proteins, like the FKBP-based transcription assay, is a cell-based assay which measures the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization.  In this case,
one uses cells which constitutively express a detectable product.  The cells also contain and are capable of expressing DNAs encoding chimeric proteins comprising one or more immunophilin-derived ligand binding domains and one or more effector domains,
such as the intracellular domain of FAS, capable, upon multimerization, of triggering cell death.  The design and preparation of illustrative components and their use in so engineering cells is described in WO95/02684.  See also WO96/41865.  The cells
are maintainined or cultured in a culture medium permitting cell growth or continued viability.  The cells or medium are assayed for the presence of the constitutive cellular product, and a base-line level of reporter is thus established.  One may use
cells engineered for constitutive production of hGH or any other conveniently detectable product to serve as the reporter.  The compound to be tested is addded to the medium, the cells are incubated, and the cell lysate or medium is tested for the
presence of reporter at one or more time points.  Decrease in reporter production indicates cell death, an indirect measure of multimerization of the fusion proteins.


Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in such an FKBP/FRB-based apoptosis assay.  Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP domain other than wild-type human FKBP12.  In
some cases, the FKBP domain is modified, as discussed above.  Also preferably, the FRB domain is an FRB domain other than wild-type FRB from human FRAP.  In some cases, the FRB domain is modified at position 2098, as described above.


Conducting such assays permits the practitioner to select rapalogs possessing the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP over wild-type human FKBP12.  The Competitive Binding FP Assay permits one to select monomers or
rapalogs which possess the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP or wild-type FKBP relative to a control, such as FK506.


Applications


The rapalogs can be used as described in WO94/18317, WO95/02684, WO96/20951, WO95/41865, e.g. to regulatably activate the transcription of a desired gene, delete a target gene, actuate apoptosis, or trigger other biological events in engineered
cells growing in culture or in whole organisms, including in gene therapy applications.  The following are non-limiting examples of applications of the subject invention.


1.  Regulated gene therapy.  In many instances, the ability to switch a therapeutic gene on and off at will or the ability to titrate expression with precision are important for therapeutic efficacy.  This invention is particularly well suited
for achieving regulated expression of a therapeutic target gene in the context of human gene therapy.  One example uses a pair of chimeric proteins (one containing at least one FRB domain, the other containing at least one FKBP domain), an improved
rapalog of this invention capable of dimerizing the chimeras, and a target gene construct to be expressed.  One of the chimeric proteins comprises a DNA-binding domain, preferably a composite DNA-binding domain as described in Pomerantz et al, supra, as
the heterologous effector domain.  The second chimeric protein comprises a transcriptional activating domain as the heterologous effector domain.  The improved rapalog is capable of binding to both chimeras and thus of effectively cross-linking the
chimeras.  DNA molecules encoding and capable of directing the expression of these chimeric proteins are introduced into the cells to be engineered.  Also introduced into the cells is a target gene linked to a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain
is capable of binding.  Contacting the engineered cells or their progeny with the improved rapalog (by administering it to the animal or patient) leads to assembly of the transcription factor complex and hence to expression of the target gene.  The
design and use of similar components is disclosed in PCT/US93/01617 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al).  In practice, the level of target gene expression should be a function of the number or concentration of chimeric transcription factor complexes,
which should in turn be a function of the concentration of the improved rapalog.  Dose (of improved rapalog)-responsive gene expression is typically observed.


The improved rapalog may be administered to the patient as desired to activate transcription of the target gene.  Depending upon the binding affinity of the improved rapalog, the response desired, the manner of administration, the biological
half-life of the rapalog and/or target gene mRNA, the number of engineered cells present, various protocols may be employed.  The improved rapalog may be administered by various routes, including parenterally or orally.  The number of administrations
will depend upon the factors described above.  The improved rapalog may be taken orally as a pill, powder, or dispersion; bucally; sublingually; injected intravascularly, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously; by inhalation, or the like. 
The improved rapalog (and monomeric antagonist compound) may be formulated using conventional methods and materials well known in the art for the various routes of administration.  The precise dose and particular method of administration will depend upon
the above factors and be determined by the attending physician or human or animal healthcare provider.  For the most part, the manner of administration will be determined empirically.


In the event that transcriptional activation by the improved rapalog is to be reversed or terminated, a monomeric compound which can compete with the improved rapalog may be administered.  Thus, in the case of an adverse reaction or the desire to
terminate the therapeutic effect, an antagonist to the dimerizing agent can be administered in any convenient way, particularly intravascularly, if a rapid reversal is desired.  Alternatively, one may provide for the presence of an inactivation domain
(or transcriptional silencer) with a ligand binding domain.  In another approach, cells may be eliminated through apoptosis via signalling through Fas or TNF receptor as described elsewhere.  See International Patent Applications PCT/US94/01617 and
PCT/US94/08008.


The particular dosage of the improved rapalog for any application may be determined in accordance with the procedures used for therapeutic dosage monitoring, where maintenance of a particular level of expression is desired over an extended period
of times, for example, greater than about two weeks, or where there is repetitive therapy, with individual or repeated doses of improved rapalog over short periods of time, with extended intervals, for example, two weeks or more.  A dose of the improved
rapalog within a predetermined range would be given and monitored for response, so as to obtain a time-expression level relationship, as well as observing therapeutic response.  Depending on the levels observed during the time period and the therapeutic
response, one could provide a larger or smaller dose the next time, following the response.  This process would be iteratively repeated until one obtained a dosage within the therapeutic range.  Where the improved rapalog is chronically administered,
once the maintenance dosage of the improved rapalog is determined, one could then do assays at extended intervals to be assured that the cellular system is providing the appropriate response and level of the expression product.


It should be appreciated that the system is subject to many variables, such as the cellular response to the improved rapalog, the efficiency of expression and, as appropriate, the level of secretion, the activity of the expression product, the
particular need of the patient, which may vary with time and circumstances, the rate of loss of the cellular activity as a result of loss of cells or expression activity of individual cells, and the like.


2.  Production of recombinant proteins and viruses.  Production of recombinant therapeutic proteins for commercial and investigational purposes is often achieved through the use of mammalian cell lines engineered to express the protein at high
level.  The use of mammalian cells, rather than bacteria or yeast, is indicated where the proper function of the protein requires post-translational modifications not generally performed by heterologous cells.  Examples of proteins produced commercially
this way include erythropoietin, tissue plasminogen activator, clotting factors such as Factor VIII:c, antibodies, etc. The cost of producing proteins in this fashion is directly related to the level of expression achieved in the engineered cells.  A
second limitation on the production of such proteins is toxicity to the host cell: Protein expression may prevent cells from growing to high density, sharply reducing production levels.  Therefore, the ability to tightly control protein expression, as
described for regulated gene therapy, permits cells to be grown to high density in the absence of protein production.  Only after an optimum cell density is reached, is expression of the gene activated and the protein product subsequently harvested.


A similar problem is encountered in the construction and use of "packaging lines" for the production of recombinant viruses for commercial (e.g., gene therapy) and experimental use.  These cell lines are engineered to produce viral proteins
required for the assembly of infectious viral particles harboring defective recombinant genomes.  Viral vectors that are dependent on such packaging lines include retrovirus, adenovirus, and adeno-associated virus.  In the latter case, the titer of the
virus stock obtained from a packaging line is directly related to the level of production of the viral rep and core proteins.  But these proteins are highly toxic to the host cells.  Therefore, it has proven difficult to generate high-titer recombinant
AAV viruses.  This invention provides a solution to this problem, by allowing the construction of packaging lines in which the rep and core genes are placed under the control of regulatable transcription factors of the design described here.  The
packaging cell line can be grown to high density, infected with helper virus, and transfected with the recombinant viral genome.  Then, expression of the viral proteins encoded by the packaging cells is induced by the addition of dimerizing agent to
allow the production of virus at high titer.


3.  Biological research.  This invention is applicable to a wide range of biological experiments in which precise control over a target gene is desired.  These include: (1) expression of a protein or RNA of interest for biochemical purification;
(2) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in tissue culture cells (or in vivo, via engineered cells) for the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (3) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in transgenic animals for
the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (4) regulating the expression of a gene encoding another regulatory protein, ribozyme or antisense molecule that acts on an endogenous gene for the purposes of evaluating the biological function of that
gene.  Transgenic animal models and other applications in which the components of this invention may be adapted include those disclosed in PCT/US95/10591.


This invention further provides kits useful for the foregoing applications.  Such kits contain DNA constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of chimeric proteins of this invention (and may contain additional domains as discussed
above) and, in embodiments involving regulated gene transcription, a target gene construct containing a target gene linked to one or more transcriptioal control elements which are activated by the multimerization of the chimeric proteins.  Alternatively,
the target gene construct may contain a cloning site for insertion of a desired target gene by the practitioner.  Such kits may also contain a sample of a dimerizing agent capable of dimerizing the two recombinant proteins and activating transcription of
the target gene.


Formulations, Dosage and Administration


By virtue of its capacity to promote protein--protein interactions, a rapalog of this invention may be used in pharmaceutical compositions and methods for promoting formation of complexes of chimeric proteins of this invention in a human or
non-human mammal containing genetically engineered cells of this invention.


The preferred method of such treatment or prevention is by administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound to promote measurable formation of such complexes in the engineered cells, or preferably, to promote measurable actuation
of the desired biological event triggered by such complexation, e.g. transcription of a target gene, apoptosis of engineered cells, etc.


Therapeutic/Prophylactic Administration & Pharmaceutical Compositions


The rapalogs can exist in free form or, where appropriate, in salt form.  Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of many types of compounds and their preparation are well-known to those of skill in the art.  The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of
compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of such compounds which are formed, for example, from inorganic or organic acids of bases.


The compounds of the invention may form hydrates or solvates.  It is known to those of skill in the art that charged compounds form hydrated species when lyophilized with water, or form solvated species when concentrated in a solution with an
appropriate organic solvent.


This invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically (or prophylactically) effective amount of the compound, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or other excipients.  Carriers include e.g.
saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof, and are discussed in greater detail below.  The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.  The
composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder.  The composition can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.  Oral
formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Formulation may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving
the ingredients as appropriate to the desired preparation.


The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid.


Illustrative solid carrier include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like.  A solid carrier can include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents,
lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aids, binders or tablet-disintegrating agents; it can also be an encapsulating material.  In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in admixture with the finely
divided active ingredient.  In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions, and compacted in the shape and size desired.  The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99%
of the active ingredient.  Suitable solid carriers include, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low
melting waxes and ion exchange resins.


Illustrative liquid carriers include syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water, etc. Liquid carriers are used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elix and pressurized compositions.  The active ingredient can be dissolved or
suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats.  The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers,
emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osmo-regulators.  Suitable examples of liquid carriers for oral and parenteral administration include
water -(partially containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g.
fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil).  For parenteral administration, the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate.  Sterile liquid carriers are useful in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral
administration.  The liquid carrier for pressurized compositions can be halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant.  Liquid pharmaceutical compositions which are sterile solutions or suspensions can be utilized by, for
example, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection.  Sterile solutions can also be administered intravenously.  The compound can also be admiristered orally either in liquid or solid composition form.


The carrier or excipient may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate along or with a wax, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methylmethacrylate and the like.  When
formulated for oral administration, 0.01% Tween 80 in PHOSAL PG-50 (phospholipid concentrate with 1,2-propylene glycol, A. Nattermann & Cie.  GmbH) has been recognized as providing an acceptable oral formulation for other compounds, and may be adapted to
formulations for various compounds of this invention.


A wide variety of pharmaceutical forms can be employed.  If a solid carrier is used, the preparation can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or in the form of a troche or lozenge.  The amount of solid carrier
will vary widely but preferably will be from about 25 mg to about 1 g. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, sterile injectable solution or suspension in an ampule or vial or
nonaqueous liquid suspension.


To obtain a stable water soluble dosage form, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the multimerizer may be dissolved in an aqueous solution of an organic or inorganic acid, such as a 0.3M solution of succinic acid or citric acid.  Alternatively,
acidic derivatives can be dissolved in suitable basic solutions.  If a soluble salt form is not available, the compound is dissolved in a suitable cosolvent or combinations thereof.  Examples of such suitable cosolvents include, but are not limited to,
alcohol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, polysorbate 80, glycerin, polyoxyethylated fatty acids, fatty alcohols or glycerin hydroxy fatty acids esters and the like in concentrations ranging from 0-60% of the total volume.


Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer the multimerizer, or the various formulations thereof, including tablets, capsules, injectable solutions, encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, etc. Methods of
introduction include but are not limited to dermal, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, pulmnonary, epidural, ocular and (as is usually preferred) oral routes.  The compound may be administered by any
convenient or otherwise appropriate route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other
biologically active agents.  Administration can be systemic or local.  For treatment or prophylaxis of nasal, bronchial or pulmonary conditions, preferred routes of administration are oral, nasal or via a bronchial aerosol or nebulizer.


In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to administer the compound locally to an area in need treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion during surgery, topical application, by injection, by
means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of a skin patch or implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.


In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings.  Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are
solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.  Where necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic to ease pain at the side of the injection.  Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed
together in unit dosage form, for example, as a lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.  Where the composition is to be administered by
infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.  Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the
ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.


Administration to an individual of an effective amount of the compound can also be accomplished topically by administering the compound(s) directly to the affected area of the skin of the individual.  For this purpose, the compound is
administered or applied in a composition including a pharmacologically acceptable topical carrier, such as a gel, an ointment, a lotion, or a cream, which includes, without limitation, such carriers as water, glycerol, alcohol, propylene glycol, fatty
alcohols, triglycerides, fatty acid esters, or mineral oils.


Other topical carriers include liquid petroleum, isopropyl palmitate, polyethylene glycol, ethanol (95%), polyoxyethylene monolaurate (5%) in water, or sodium lauryl sulfate (5%) in water.  Other materials such as anti-oxidants, humectants,
viscosity stabilizers, and similar agents may be added as necessary.  Percutaneous penetration enhancers such as Azone may also be included.


In addition, in certain instances, it is expected that the compound may be disposed within devices placed upon, in, or under the skin.  Such devices include patches, implants, and injections which release the compound into the skin, by either
passive or active release mechanisms.


Materials and methods for producing the various formulations are well known in the art and may be adapted for practicing the subject invention.  See e.g. U.S.  Pat.  Nos.  5,182,293 and 4,837,311 (tablets, capsules and other oral formulations as
well as intravenous formulations) and European Patent Application Publication Nos.  0 649 659 (published Apr.  26, 1995; illustrative formulation for IV administration) and 0 648 494 (published Apr.  19, 1995; illustrative formulation for oral
administration).


The effective dose of the compound will typically be in the range of about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kgs, preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of mammalian body weight, administered in single or multiple doses.  Generally, the compound may be
administered to patients in need of such treatment in a daily dose range of about 1 to about 2000 mg per patient.


The amount of compound which will be effective in the treatment or prevention of a particular disorder or condition will depend in part on the characteristics of the fusion proteins to be multimerized, the characteristics and location of the
genetically engineered cells, and on the nature of the disorder or condition, which can be determined by standard clinical techniques.  In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.  Effective
doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.  The precise dosage level should be determined by the attending physician or other health care provider and will depend upon well known factors,
including route of administration, and the age, body weight, sex and general health of the individual; the nature, severity and clinical stage of the disease; the use (or not) of concomitant therapies; and the nature and extent of genetic engineering of
cells in the patient.


The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers containing one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.  Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a
notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceutical or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.  The notice or
package insert may contain instructions for use of an improved rapalog of this invention, consistent with the disclsoure herein.


EXAMPLES


Example 1


Synthesis of Representative C-24 modified Rapalogs


1.1.  Rapamycin purification.


Rapamycin was obtained by fermentation.  The rapamycin producing organism, Streptomyces hygroscopicus (ATCC# 29253), was cultivated on a complex media in 15 L or 30 L fed-batch fermentations.  The biomass was harvested after 9-14 days by
centrifugation.  The supernatant was contacted for 1-2 hours with a nonionic, polymeric adsorbent resin, XAD-16 (Rohm and Haas).  The adsorbent was recovered by centrifugation, combined with the biomass, and extracted repeatedly with methylene chloride. 
The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting residue extracted with acetonitrile which was then condensed in a similar manner.  Chromatographic purification of the crude rapamycin was achieved by flash chromatography on silica gel (40%
Acetone/Hexanes) followed by C-18 reversed-phase HPLC (70% CH3CN/H2O).  Rapamycin obtained exhibited identical HPLC, spectroscopic, and biological characteristics as an authentic sample of rapamycin.


1.2.  Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-methyloxime) (5, 6) (general procedure)


A solution of rapamycin (60 mg 65.6 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was treated with NaOAc (22 mg 262 mmol, 4.0 eq) followed by methoxylamine hydrochloride (22 mg 262 mmol, 4.0 eq) and stirred at room temperature for 48 h. After this time the reaction
mixture was quenched with H2O (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3.times.10 ml).  The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaCl solution (2.times.10 mL), dried over Na2 SO4, filtered, and the solution concentrated in vacuo.  The resulting
residue was subjected to flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/dichloromethane) to afford a mixture of isomers.  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (35% {character pullout} 25% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12
mL/min) to provide 13 mg (21%) of the faster eluting Z isomer and 7.6 mg (12%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 965.5749 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C52 H82N2O13Na 965.5710].  E isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z
965.5701 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C52 H82N2O13Na 965.5710].


1.3.  Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-ethyloxime) (7, 8)


Prepared in an analogous manner to Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-methyloxime).  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (30% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12 mL/min) to provide 7.7 mg (25%) of the faster eluting Z isomer
and 0.5 mg (2%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 979.5902 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C53 H84N2013Na 979.5871].


1.4 Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-isobutyloxime) (9, 10)


Prepared in an analogous manner to Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-methyloxime).  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (15% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12 mL/min) to provide 28 mg (65%) of the faster eluting Z isomer
and 3.0 mg (7%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1007.6146 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C55 H88N2O13Na 1007.6184].  E isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1007.6157 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C55 H88N2013Na 1007.6184].


1.5.  apamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-benzyloxime) (11, 12)


Prepared in an analogous manner to Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-methyloxime).  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (15% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12 mL/min) to provide 19.6 mg (44%) of the faster eluting Z isomer
and 6.1 mg (14%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1041.6033 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C58 H86N2O13Na 1041.6028].  E isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1041.5988 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C58 H86N2013Na 1041.6028].


1.6.  Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-carboxymethyloxime) (13, 14))


Prepared in an analogous manner to Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-methyloxime).  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (45% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12 mL/min) to provide 4.6 mg (11%) of the faster eluting Z isomer
and 1.0 mg (2%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1009.5664 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C53 H82N2O15Na 1009.5613].  E isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1009.5604 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C53 H82N2O15Na 1009.5613].


1.7.  Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(O-carboxamidomethyloxime) (15, 16)


Prepared in an analogous manner to Rapamycin (E and Z)-24-(Omethyloxime).  The isomer mixture was separated by HPLC (35% H20/MeCN through a Kromasil C-18 250.times.20 mm column, 12 mL/min) to provide 6.2 mg (10%) of the faster eluting Z isomer
and 1.4 mg (2%) of the E isomer.  Z isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1008.5790 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C53 H83N3O14Na 1008.5768].  E isomer: high-resolution mass spectrum (FAB) m/z 1008.5753 [(M+Na)+, calcd for C53 H83N3O14Na 1008.5768].


Example 2


Assay of binding of rapamycin C24 derivatives to FKBP


Affinities of rapamycin C24 analogs for FKBP were determined using a competitive assay based on fluorescence polarization (FP).  A fluorescein-labelled FK506 probe (AP1491) was synthesized, and the increase in the polarization of its fluorescence
used as a direct readout of % bound probe in an equilibrium binding experiment containing sub-saturating FKBP and variable amounts of rapamycin analog as competitor.


Synthesis of Fluoresceinated FK506 Probe (AP1491) ##STR65## ##STR66##


2.1.  24,32-Bis(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)ether of FK506


tert-Butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (108 .mu.L, 470 .mu.mol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of FK506 (103 mg, 128 .mu.mol) and 2,6-lutidine (89.5 .mu.L, 768 .mu.mol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at 0.degree.  C. The resulting
solution was stirred at 0.degree.  C. for 2 h, and then treated with MeOH (0.5 mL) and ether (15 mL).  The mixture was washed with 10% aqueous NaHCO3 (3 mL) and brine (3 mL).  The organic layer was decanted, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and
concentrated to a yellow oil.  Column chromatography (silica-gel, hexanes-EtOAc 3:1) gave the title compound as a colorless oil (104 mg).


2.2.  Intermediate 1


To a solution of 24,32-bis(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)ether of FK506 (100 mg, 97 .mu.mol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added morpholine N-oxide (68 mg, 580 .mu.mol), followed by water (60 .mu.L), and a 4% aqueous solution of osmium tetroxide (123 .mu.L, 20
.mu.mol).  The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 h. It was then treated with 50% aqueous MeOH (1.5 mL) and sodium periodate (207 mg, 970 .mu.mol), and the suspension stirred for an additional 1 h. The mixture was diluted with
ether (10 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2.times.4 mL).  The organic layer was decanted, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate containing a small amount of sodium sulfite, filtered, and concentrated.  The residue was dissolved in anhydrous
THF (2.8 mL), cooled to -78.degree.  C. under nitrogen, and treated with a 0.5 M solution of lithium tris [(3-ethyl-3-pentyl)oxy]aluminum hydride in THF (282 .mu.L).  The resulting solution was stirred at -78.degree.  C. for 1.75 h, and then quenched by
addition of ether (6 mL) and saturated ammonium chloride solution (250 .mu.L).  The mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and treated with anhydrous sodium sulfate.  Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure afforded a pale yellow
oil (97 mg), which was purified by column chromatography (silica-gel, hexanes-EtOAc 3:1) to afford 1 as a colorless oil.


2.3 Intermediate 2


A solution of the above alcohol (300 mg, 290 .mu.mol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was treated with 2,6-lutidine (338 .mu.L, 2.9 mmol) and N,N'-disuccinimidylcarbonate (371 mg, 1.45 mmol).  The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for
14.5 h, and then concentrated under reduced pressure.  The residue was chromatographed (silica-gel, hexanes-EtOAc 2:1 to 100% EtOAc gradient) to afford the mixed carbonate 2 as a pale yellow oil (127 mg).


2.4 Intermediate 3


A solution of the above carbonate (30 mg, 26 .mu.mol) and triethylamine (36 .mu.L, 260 .mu.mol) in acetonitrile (1 mL) was treated with 4'-(aminomethyl)fluorescein (13.5 mg, 34 .mu.mol).  The resulting bright orange suspension was stirred at room
temperature for 1 h, and then concentrated under reduced pressure.  The residue was chromatographed (silica-gel, hexanes-EtOAc 1:1 to 100% EtOAc to EtOAc-MeOH 1:1 gradient) to give 3 (20.5 mg) as a bright yellow solid.


2.5 Compound 4


A solution of bis-silyl ether 3 (35 mg, 25 .mu.mol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was treated with 48% (w/w) HF in water (250 .mu.L).  The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5.5 h. It was then diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and
washed with water (2.times.2 mL).  The organic layer was decanted, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.  The residue was chromatographed (silica-gel, 100% EtOAc) to afford 4 (13 mg) as a bright yellow solid.


2.6 Determination of binding affinities (IC50s) of rapalogs using FP


Serial 10-fold dilutions of each analog were prepared in 100% ethanol in glass vials and stored on ice.  All other manipulations were performed at room temperature.  A stock of recombinant pure FKBP (purified by standard methods, see eg. 
Wiederrecht, G. et al. 1992.  J. Biol.  Chem. 267, 21753-21760) was diluted to approximately 3 nM in 50 mM potassium phosphate pH 7.8/150 mM NaCl/100 .mu.g/ml bovine gamma globulin ("FP buffer": prepared using only low-fluorescence reagents from Panvera)
and 98 .mu.l aliquots transferred to wells of a Dynatech micro-fluor black 96-well fluorescence plate.  2.0 .mu.l samples of the rapamycin analogs were then transferred in duplicate to the wells with mixing.  Finally, a probe solution was prepared
containing 10 nM AP1491 in 0.1% ethanol/FP buffer, and 100 .mu.l added to each well with mixing.  Duplicate control wells contained ethanol instead of rapamycin analog (for 100% probe binding) or ethanol instead of rapamycin analog and FP buffer instead
of FKBP (0% binding).


The plates were stored covered in the dark for approximately 30 min to permit equilibration and then the fluorescence polarization of the sample in each well read on a Jolley FPM-2 FP plate reader (Jolley Consulting and Research, Inc., Grayslake,
Ill.) in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.  The mean polarization (mP units)


 TABLE 4  ##STR67##  FKBPwt fold loss in  FP bind- affinity  ing assay (vs  cmpd C24 isomer IC50 (nM) rapamycin)  rapamycin ##STR68## 2.3 (1)  C14 desoxo ##STR69## 63.3 27.5  17 ##STR70## Z (major) 618 269  18 ##STR71## E (minor) 59.1 25.7  5
##STR72## Z (major) 1416 616  6 ##STR73## E (minor) 438 190  7 ##STR74## Z (major) 2960 1287  8 ##STR75## E (minor) 1664 723  9 ##STR76## Z (major) >30000 >13043  10 ##STR77## E (minor) 2048 890  19 ##STR78## Z (major) >30000 >13043  20
##STR79## E (minor) 2406 1046  11 ##STR80## Z (major) 8342 3627  12 ##STR81## E (minor) 1416 616  13 ##STR82## Z (major) 7960 3461  14 ##STR83## E (minor) 2351 1022  15 ##STR84## Z (major) 1151 500  16 ##STR85## E (minor) 204 88.7


for each competitor concentration was usually converted to % total binding by reference to the control values and plotted (y) vs.  log molar final concentration of competitor (x).  Non-linear least square analysis was used to fit the curve and
extract the IC50 using the following equation:


where M3 is the IC50.  For incomplete curves the IC50 was determined by interpolation.  Rapamycin and C14-desoxo-rapamycin were included as controls in each case (C14-desoxo-rapamycin was prepared as described by Luengo, J. I. et al. 1994 Tet
Lett.  35, 6469-6472).


2.7 Results of binding analysis of Rapamycin C24 oximes


Affinities are reported as IC50s and as fold loss in affinity (=IC50/IC50 of rapamycin).  (Comparative binding data of C24 rapalogs vs rapamycin and desoxo-rapamycin towards human FKBP12 are plotted in PCT/US86/09848.)


Example 3


Synthesis of C7 rapalogs; Assay of binding of C7 rapalog-FKBP complexes to FRAP


A series of C7 rapalogs containing various C7 substituents selected from branched and unbranched alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, --NHCO-Oalkyl, --NHSO.sub.2 alkyl and substituted aryl and heteroaryl moieties was synthesized using chemistry generally as
described in the literature except as noetd (see e.g., Luengo et al. 1995.  Chemistry and Biology 2, 471-481, and the references cited in Table II for additional background).  See also the table which follows.


3.1 Compounds 27, 28--(R.sup.C7 =Et) are synthesized as described in Luengo et al, Chemistry & Biology July 1995, 2:471-481.


3.2 Compound 29--(R.sup.C7 =iPr) A solution of rapamycin (60 mg, 0.066 mmol) in 2-propanol (3 mL) at room-temperature was treated with para-tolueniesulfonic acid (75 mg, 0.394 mmol) and allowed to stir for 4 h. After this time the reaction was
poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (20 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL).  The organic layer was washed with additional solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (2.times.20 mL) followed by a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl
(2.times.10 mL) then dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated.  The resulting material was purified by HPLC on a Kromasil C-18 column (20.times.250 mm) at 55 C using 65% acetonitrile/water as eluant to afford AP1700 (25 mg).  MS(FAB):
(M+Na).sup.+ calcd: 964.5762, found: 964.5753.


3.3 Compound 30--R.sup.C7 =benzyl) is synthesized as described in Chemistry & Biology July 1995, 2:471-481.


3.4 Compounds 31 32--(R.sup.C7.dbd.--NH--CO--OMe) may be synthesized as described in Chemistry & Biology July 1995, 2:471-481.


3.5 Compound 33--(R.sup.C7.dbd.--NH--SO.sub.2 -Me) A solution of rapamycin (75 mg, 0.082 mmol) and methanesufonamide (312 mg, 3.282 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (126 .mu.L,
1.636 mmol) and allowed to stir for 3 h. After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (20 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL)
then dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc: MeOH, 200:50:42.5:7.5).  The resulting semipurified material was purified by HPLC on a Kromasil C-18 column (20.times.250
mm) at 55 C using 65% acetonitrile/water as eluant to afford AP1705 (24 mg).  MS(FAB): (M+Na).sup.+ calcd: 999.5246, found: 999.5246.


3.6 Compounds 34, 35--(R.sup.C7 =furanyl) These compounds may be synthesized as described in Chemistry & Biology July 1995, 2:471-481.


3.  Compounds 36, 37--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) These compounds may be synthesized as described in J. Org. Chem 1994, 59, 6512-6513.


3.8 Compounds 39, 38--(R.sup.C7 =ethylthiophene) A solution of rapamycin (50 mg, 0.055 mmol) and 2-ethylthiophene (248 .mu.L, 2.188 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (84 uL, 1.094
mmol) and allowed to stir for 3 h. After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL) then
dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (MeOH:dichloromethane, 2:98 then 5:95).  The resulting semipurified material was purified by HPLC on a Kromasil C-18 column (20.times.250 mm) at 55 C


 ##STR86##  # R.sup.C7a R.sup.C7b  rapamycin --OMe H  Cl4- --OMe H  desoxo  rapamycin  27 --OEt H  28 H --OEt  29 --O-iPr H  30 --O-benzyl H  32 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe H  31 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe  33 --NH--SO.sub.2 Me H  34 ##STR87## H  35 H
##STR88##  36 ##STR89## H  37 H ##STR90##  38 ##STR91## H  39 H ##STR92##  41 ##STR93## H  40 H ##STR94##  42 -o,p- H  dimethoxyphenyl  43 H -o,p-  dimethoxyphenyl  44 ##STR95## H  45 H ##STR96##  46 -o,p- H  diethoxyphenyl  47 ##STR97## H  48 ##STR98##
H  49 -2,4,6- H  trimethoxyphenyl  50 H -2,4,6-  trimethoxyphenyl  51 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt H  52 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt


using 80% acetonitrile/water as eluant to afford AP1858 (6 mg) and AP1859 (28 mg).  MS(ES+): (M+NH.sub.4).sup.+ 1016; MS(ES-): (M-H).sup.- 992.


3.9 Compounds 40, 41--(R.sup.C7 =tertbutyl thiophene) A solution of rapamycin (50 mg, 0.055 mmol) and 2-tert-butylylthiophene (276 mg, 2.188 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (84
.mu.L, 1.094 mmol) and allowed to stir for 3 h. After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl
(2.times.10 mL) then dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (MeOH:dichloro-methane, 2:98 then 5:95).  The resulting semipurified material was purified by HPLC on a Kromasil C-18 column (20.times.250
mm) at 55 C using 80% acetonitrile/water as eluant to afford AP1856 (4 mg) and AP1857 (14 mg).  MS(ES+): (M+Na)+1045; MS(ES-): (M-H).sup.- 1021.


3.10 Compounds 43, 42--(R.sup.C7 =o,p-dimethoxyphenyl) These compounds may be found in Chemistry & Biology July 1995, 2:471-481.


3.11 Compounds 44, 45--(R.sup.C7 =indolyl) A solution of rapamycin (50 mg, 0.055 mmol) and indole (64 mg, 0.547 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (84 .mu.L, 1.094 mmol) and allowed
to stir for 3 h. After tis time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL) then dried over Na.sub.2
SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc: MeOH, 200:50:42.5:7.5).  The resulting semipurified material was purified by HPLC on a Kromasil C-18 column (20.times.250 mm) using 65%
acetonitrile/water as eluant for AP1701 (12 mg) and AP1702 (7.6 mg).  MS(FAB): (M+Na).sup.+ calcd: 1021.5765, found: 1021.5788 (AP1701) and 1021.5797 (AP1702).


3.12 Compound 46--(R.sup.C7 =o,p-diethoxyphenyl) A solution of rapamycin (108 mg, 0.118 mmol) and 1,3-diethoxybenzene (783 mg, 4.72 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (154 .mu.L,
2.01 mmol) and allowed to stir for 3 h. After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (15 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL)
then dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 200:50:42.5:7.5).  The resulting material was purified by HPLC on a Rainin silica column (20.times.250 mm) using
(dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 210:65:65:10) as eluant for AP20808 (20 mg).  MS(ES+): (M+Na).sup.+ 1065.95.


3.13 Compound 47--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) A solution of rapamycin (105 mg, 0.115 mmol) and 3-methylthiophene (445 .mu.L, 4.60 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) at -40.degree.  C. was treated dropwise with trifluoroacetic acid (150 .mu.L, 1.96
mmol) and allowed to stir for 3 h. After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (15 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL) then
dried over Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 200:50:42.5:7.5).  The resulting material was purified by HPLC on a Rainin silica column (20.times.250 mm) using
(dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 210:65:65:10) as eluant for AP20809 (60 mg).  MS(ES+): (M+Na).sup.+ 1002.96.


3.14 Compound 48--(R.sup.C7 =N-methylpyrrole) A solution of rapamycin (51 mg, 0.056 mmol) and N-methylpyrrole (198 .mu.L 2.23 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) at 0.degree.  C. was treated with zinc chloride (76 mg, 0.557 mmol) and allowed to
warm to rt overnight.  After this time the reaction was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (15 mL) and EtOAc (15 mL).  The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL) then dried over
Na.sub.2 SO.sub.4, filtered, evaporated, and flash chromatographed on a silica gel (dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 100:150:150:10).  The resulting material was purified by HPLC on a Rainin Si column (20.times.250 mm) using
(dichloromethane:hexane:EtOAc:MeOH, 210-65:65:10) as eluant for AP20810 (10 mg).  MS(ES+): (M+NH4).sup.+ 981.05; MS(ES-): (M-H).sup.- 961.69.


The C7 rapalogs were characterized by exact mass spec and NMR.


3.15 Assay of FKBP binding affinity of C7 rapalogs


The affinity of a variety of the C7 rapalogs for FKBP was assayed as described for C24 rapalogs above, using competitive FP.  Rapamycin and C14-desoxo-rapamycin (prepared as described by Luengo et al. 1994.  Tetrahedron Lett.  35, 6469-6472) were
included as controls.


Affinities are reported below as IC50s and fold loss in affinity (=IC50/IC50 of rapamycin).  See "Illustrative C7 Rapalogs" Table below.  These data indicate that these large C7 substituents do not necessarily cause large reductions in the
affinity of the rapalogs for human FKBP.


 FKBPwt FP fold loss in  binding assay affinity (cf  Compound IC50 (nM) rapamycin)  rapamycin 2.3 (1)  C14 desoxorap 34 15  27 2.6 1.1  28 3.7 1.6  29 2.2 1.0  30 12 5.2  32 4.3 1.9  31 2.6 1.1  33 2.5 1.1  34 28 12  35 29 13  36 3.7 1.6  37 4.3
1.9  38 2.5 1.1  39 2.4 1.0  41 2.9 1.3  40 3.4 1.5  42 2.2 1.0  43 20 8.7  44 7.8 3.3  45 5.9 2.6


Example 4


Preparation of Rapalogs modified at R.sup.C24 and R.sup.C30 : 24(S),30(S)-tetrahydrorapamycin (53)


##STR99##


Rapamycin (46 mg, 0.050 mmol) was dissolved in 2.0 mL of methanol, cooled to -78.degree.  C., and cerium (III) chloride heptahydrate (46 mg, 0.123 mmol) was added.  The solution was stirred for 0.25 h., then sodium borohydride (7.6 mg, 0.20 mmol)
was added.  After 0.5 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate (15 mL) and 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 mL).  The organic phase was washed with water (2 mL) and brine (1 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and
concentrated.  Flash chromatography (silica gel, 15:75:50:200 methanol:ethyl acetate:hexane:dichloromehane) yielded 35 mg (76%) of the desired product as a white foam.  Mass spectral data: (ES+/NaCl/NH3) m/z 942.21 (M+Na)+, 935.83 (M+NH4)+; (ES-/NaCl)
m/z 963.04 (M+Cl)-, 917.34 (M-H).sup.- lit.  ref. Luengo, J. I.; Rozamus, L. W.; Holt, D. A. Tetrahedron Lett.  1994, 35, 6469-6472.


Example 5


Preparation of Rapalogs modified at C24, C30 and C7


24(S),30(S)-tetrahydrorapamycin (53), prepared as in Example 4, may be modified at C7 using approaches illustrated in the prior C7 rapalog examples.  For example:


5.1 7(S)-(2',4'-dimethoxy)benzyl-7-demethoxy-24(S),30(S)-tetrahydro-rapamycin ##STR100##


24(S),30(S)-tetrahydro-rapamycin (20 mg, 0.022 mmol) was dissolved in dichloro-methane (1.0 mL).  1,3-dimethoxybenzene (0.20 mL, 1.5 mmol) was added, and the solution was cooled to -60.degree.  C. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.030 mL, 0.39 mmol) was
added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at -60.degree.  C., then partitioned between ethyl acetate (10 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1 mL).  The organic phase was washed with water (2 mL) and brine (1 mL), dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.  Flash chromatography (silica gel, 15:75:50:200 methanol:ethyl acetate:hexane:dichloromehane) yielded 8 mg (35%) of the desired product as a white solid.  Mass spectral data: (ES+/NaCl/NH3) m/z 1046.96
(M+Na)+, 1042.15 (M+NH4)+; (ES/NaCl) m/z 1069.09 (M+Cl)- lit.  ref. Luengo, J. I.; Konialian-Beck, A.; Rozamus, L. W.; Holt, D. A. J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 6512-6513.


By analogous means, one may produce 24(S),30(S)-tetrahydro rapamycins bearing other C7 substituents as described elsewhere herein, e.g., containing alternatively substituted aryl groups, heteroaryl, --O-aliphatic groups, thioethers, or any of the
other types of moieties designated previously for R.sup.C7a or R.sup.C7b.  These compounds may be obtained by reduction at C24 and C30 of the appropriate C7 rapalog, or by transformation at C7 of the appropriate C24, C30-tetrahydro rapalog.  Illustrative
examples follow.


Rapalogs modified at C24, C30 and C7 may also be differ from rapamycin at the various positions discussed herein, e.g. with respect to one or more of R.sup.C13 R.sup.C43, R.sup.C28, R.sup.C29, R.sup.4, "a", etc. By way of example, starting with
13-F- rapamycin in place of rapamycin yields the 13-fluoro analogs of compounds 53-79.


5.2 Compounds 54, 55--(R.sup.C7 =Et) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 27 and 28.  respectively, for rapamycin.


5.3 Compound 56--(R.sup.C7 =iPr) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 29 for rapamycin.


5.4 Compound 57--(R.sup.C7 =benzyl) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 30 for rapamycin.


5.5 Compounds 58, 59--(R.sup.C7.dbd.--NH--CO--OMe) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 32 and 31 respectively, for rapamycin.


5.6 Compound 60--(R.sup.C7.dbd.--NH--SO2-Me) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 33 for rapamycin.


5.7 Compounds 61 and 62--(R.sup.C7 =furanyl) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 34 and 35, respectively, for rapamycin.


5.8 Compounds 63, 64--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 36 and 37 respectively, for rapamycin.


5.9 Compounds 65, 66--(R.sup.C7 =ethylthiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 38 and 39 respectively, for rapamycin.


5.10 Compounds 67, 68--(R.sup.C7 =tertbutyl thiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 41 and 40, respectively, for rapamycin.


5.11 Compounds 69, 70--(R.sup.C7 =o,p-dimethoxyphenyl) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 43 and 42 respectively, for rapamycin.


5.12 Compounds 71, 72--(R.sup.C7 =indolyl) are synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compounds 45 and 44, respectively, for rapamycin.


5.13 Compound 73--(R.sup.C7 =o,p-diethoxyphenyl) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 46 for rapamycin.


5.14 Compound 74--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 47 for rapamycin.


 ##STR101##  # R.sup.C7a R.sup.C7b  53 --OMe H  54 --OEt H  55 H --OEt  56 --O-iPr H  57 --O-benzyl H  58 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe H  59 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe  60 --NH--SO.sub.2 Me H  61 ##STR102## H  62 H ##STR103##  63 ##STR104## H  64 H
##STR105##  65 ##STR106## H  66 H ##STR107##  67 ##STR108## H  68 H ##STR109##  69 -o,p-(MeO).sub.2 phenyl H  70 H -o,p-(MeO).sub.2 phenyl  71 ##STR110## H  72 H ##STR111##  73 -o,p-diethoxyphenyl H  74 ##STR112## H  75 ##STR113## H  76
-2,4,6-(MeO).sub.3 phenyl H  77 H -2,4,6-(MeO).sub.3 phenyl  78 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt H  79 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt


5.15 Compound 75--(R.sup.C7 =N-methylpyrrole) is synthesized as described in Example 4.1, but substituting Compound 48 for rapamycin.


5.16 Compound 75, 76--(R.sup.C7 =2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl) is synthesized as described in Example 5.1, but substituting 1,3,5-trimethoxybenzene for 1,3-dimethoxybenzene.


Example 6


Preparation of fluoro-rapalogs


6.1 C13-Fluoro-rapalogs


A new class of rapalogs, C13-Fluoro-rapalogs, may be prepared by the following route: ##STR114##


In this example, the hydroxyl moieties at positions 28 and 43 are protected prior to treatment with DAST.  We have used bis-triethylsilyl (as shown above) and bis-triisopropylsilyl protecting groups.  Various alternative protecting groups may be
used, based on user preference or convenience and in consideration of the reaction conditions of subsequent transformations prior to or concurrent with removal of protecting groups.  The protected compound is then treated with the DAST reagent to
introduce the 13-fluoro substituent.  The DAST reaction may be conducted, e.g., at -42.degree.  C. as shown, or at 0.degree.  C.


13-Fluoro rapamycin may then be modified at position 7 as desired to produce the family of 13-fluoro C7-rapalogs bearing any of the variety of moieties designated previously for R.sup.C7a or R.sup.C7b.  For instance, the
7-(o,p-dimethoxy)-13-fluoro-rapalogs (96 and 97) may be prepared (and separately recovered if desired) by transformation of 78 at C7 followed by removal of protecting groups, or, as shown below, by removal of protecting groups from 78 followed by
transformation at C7.  ##STR115##


One may subject 13-F-rapamycin, instead of rapamycin, to various other chemical transformations such as are disclosed or referred to herein, including, for instance, fluorination at C28, reduction at C24 and C30, fluorination at C24 and C30,
modification at C43, etc., in addition to or as an alternative to modification at C7, in order to obtain the corresponding 13-F analog.


6.2 Compounds 81, 82--(R.sup.C7 =Et) are synthesized as described in Example 3.1, but substiuting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.3 Compound 83--(R.sup.C7 -iPr) is synthesized as described in Example 3.2, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.4 Compound 84--(R.sup.C7 =benzyl) is synthesized as described in Example 3.3, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.5 Compounds 85, 86--(R.sup.C7 =--NH--CO--OMe) are synthesized as described in Example 3.4, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


 ##STR116##  # R.sup.C7a R.sup.C7b  81 --OEt H  82 H --OEt  83 --O-iPr H  84 --O-benzyl H  85 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe H  86 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OMe  87 --NH--SO.sub.2 Me H  88 ##STR117## H  89 H ##STR118##  90 ##STR119## H  91 H ##STR120##  92
##STR121## H  93 H ##STR122##  94 ##STR123## H  95 H ##STR124##  96 -o,p-(MeO).sub.2 phenyl H  97 H -o,p-(MeO).sub.2 phenyl  98 ##STR125## H  99 H ##STR126##  100 -o,p-diethoxyphenyl H  101 ##STR127## H  102 ##STR128## H  103 -2,4,6-(MeO).sub.3 phenyl H 
104 H -2,4,6-(MeO).sub.3 phenyl  105 --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt H  106 H --NH--(C.dbd.O)--OEt


6.6 Compound 87--(R.sup.C7.dbd.--NH--SO2-Me) is synthesized as described in Example 3.5, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.7 Compounds 88 and 89--(R.sup.C7 =furanyl) are synthesized as described in Example 3.6, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.8 Compounds 90, 91--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 3.7, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.9 Compounds C, 92, 93--(R.sup.C7 =ethylthiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 3.8, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.10 Compounds 68, 69--(R.sup.C7 =tertbutyl thiophene) are synthesized as described in Example 3.9 but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.11 Compounds 94, 95--(R.sup.C7 =o-p-dimethoxyphenyl) are synthesized as described in Example 3.10, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.12 Compounds 96, 97--(R.sup.C7 =indolyl) are synthesized as described in Example 3.11, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.13 Compound 98--(R.sup.C7 =o,p-diethoxyphenyl)-is synthesized as described in Example 3.12, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.14 Compound 99--(R.sup.C7 =methylthiophene) is synthesized as described in Example 3.13, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.15 Compound 100--(R.sup.C7 =N-methylpyrrole) is synthesized as described in Example 3.14, but substituting 13-F-rapamycin (79) for rapamycin.


6.20 Preparation of 28-F-rapamycin (107)


To a solution of rapamycin (71 mg, 0.078 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) at -78.degree.  C. was added DAST (21 mL, 0.156 mmol) and reaction was allowed to stir for 2 h before MeOH was added to quench the reaction.  The reaction mixture was
taken to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. It was poured onto a biphasic solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL).  The organic layer was washed with additional solution of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2.times.20 mL) followed by
a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (2.times.10 mL) then dried over Na2SO4, filtered, evaporated.  The resulting material was flash chromatographed on a silica gel (hexane:EtOAc, 1:1 to 1:2).  MS, Fluorine NMR indicated C28 fluorinated rapamycin. 
Stereoisomers can be separated by reverse phase chromatography (C18 column, MeOH:H2O, 80:20) and may be used in place of rapamycin for the synthesis of various F-28 rapalogs.  ##STR129##


6.21 Compound 108-(13F, 28-F-rapamycin) is synthesized as described above for 28-F-rapamycin, but with twice the volume of DAST (41 mL) at a higher temperature (40.degree.  C.).


Example 7


Constructs Encoding Chimeric Transcription Factors


A. Unless otherwise stated, all DNA manipulations described in this and other examples were performed using standard procedures (See e.g., F. M. Ausubel et al., Eds., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994).


B. Plasmids


Constructs encoding fusions of human FKBP12 with the yeast GAL4 DNA binding domain, the HSV VP16 activation domain, human T cell CD3 zeta chain intracellular domain or the intracellular domain of human FAS are disclosed in PCT/US94/01617.


Additional DNA vectors for directing the expression of fusion proteins relevant to this invention were derived from the mammalian expression vector pCGNN (Attar, R. M. and Gilman, M. Z. 1992.  MCB 12: 2432-2443).  Inserts cloned as XbaI-BamHI
fragments into pCGNN are transcribed under the control of the human CMV promoter and enhancer sequences (nucleotides -522 to +72 relative to the cap site), and are expressed with an optional epitope tag (a 16 amino acid portion of the H. influenzae
hemaglutinin gene that is recognized by the monoclonal antibody 12CA5) and, in the case of transcription factor domains, with an N-terminal nuclear localization sequence (NLS; from SV40 T antigen).


Except where stated, all fragments cloned into pCGNN were inserted as XbaI-BamHI fragments that included a SpeI site just upstream of the BamHI site.  As XbaI and SpeI produce compatible ends, this allowed further XbaI-BamHI fragments to be
inserted downstream of the initial insert and facilitated stepwise assembly of proteins comprising multiple components.  A stop codon was interposed between the SpeI and BamHI sites.  For initial constructs, the vector pCGNN-GAL4 was additionally used,
in which codons 1-94 of the GAL4 DNA binding domain gene were cloned into the XbaI site of pCGNN such that a XbaI site is regenerated only at the 3' end of the fragment.  Thus XbaI-BamHI fragments could be cloned into this vector to generate GAL4
fusions, and subsequently recovered.


(a) Constructs encoding GAL4 DNA binding domain-FRAP fusions


To obtain portions of the human FRAP gene, human thymus total RNA (Clontech #64028-1) was reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse transcriptase and random hexamer primer (Clontech 1st strand synthesis kit).  This cDNA was used directly in a PCR
reaction containing primers 1 and 2 and Pfu polymerase (Stratagene).  The primers were designed to amplify the coding sequence for amino acids 2025-2113 inclusive of human FRAP: an 89 amino acid region essentially corresponding to the minimal `FRB`
domain identified by Chen et al. (Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA (1995) 92,49474951) as necessary and sufficient for FKBP-rapamycin binding (hereafter named FRB).  The appropriately-sized band was purified, digested with XbaI and SpeI, and ligated into
XbaI-SpeI digested pCGNN-GAL4.  This construct was confirmed by restriction analysis (to verify the correct orientation) and DNA sequencing and designated pCGNN-GAL4-1FRB.


Constructs encoding FRB multimers were obtained by isolating the FRB XbaI-BamHI fragment, and then ligating it back into pCGNN-GAL4-1FRB digested with SpeI and BamHI to generate pCGNN-GAL4-2FRB, which was confirmed by restriction analysis.  This
procedure was repeated analogously on the new construct to yield pCGNN-GAL4-3FRB and pCGNN-GAL4-4FRB.


Vectors were also constructed that encode larger fragments of FRAP, encompassing the minimal FRB domain (amino acids 2025-2113) but extending beyond it.  PCR primers were designed that amplify various regions of FRAP flanked by 5' XbaI and 3'
SpeI sites as indicated below.


 Designation amino acid 5' primer 3' primer  FRAPa 2012-2127 6 7  FRAPb 1995-2141 5 8  FRAPc 1945-2113 3 2  FRAPd 1995-2113 5 2  FRAPe 2012-2113 6 2  FRAPf 2025-2127 1 7  FRAPg 2025-2141 1 8  FRAPh 2025-2174 1 4  FRAPi 1945-2174 3 4


Initially, fragment FRAPi was amplified by RT-PCR as described above, digested with XbaI and SpeI, and ligated into XbaI-SpeI digested pCGNN-GAL4.  This construct, pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPi, was analyzed by PCR to confirm insert orientation and verified
by DNA sequencing.  It was then used as a PCR substrate to amplify the other fragments using the primers listed.  The new fragments were cloned as GAL4 fusions as described above to yield the constructs pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPa, pCGNN-GAL-FRAPb etc, which were
confirmed by DNA sequencing.


Vectors encoding concatenates of two of the larger FRAP fragments, FRAPd and FRAPe, were generated by analogous methods to those used earlier.  XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding FRAPd and FRAPe were isolated from pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPd and pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPe
and ligated back into the same vectors digested with SpeI and BamHI to generate pCGNN-GAL4-2FRAPd and pCGNN-GAL4-2FRAPe.  This procedure was repeated analogously on the new constructs to yield pCGNN-GAL4-3FRAPd, pCGNN-GAL4-3FRAPe, pCGNN-GAL4-4FRAPd and
pCGNN-GAL4-4FRAPe.  All constructs were verified by restriction analysis.


(b) Constructs encoding FRB-VP16 activation domain fusions


To generate N-terminal fusions of FRB domain(s) with the activation domain of the Herpes Simplex Virus protein VP16, the XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding 1, 2, 3 and 4 copies of FRB were recovered from the GAL4 fusion vectors and ligated into
XbaI-BamHI digested pCGNN to yield pCGNN-1FRB, pCGNN-2FRB etc. These vectors were then digested with SpeI and BamHI.  An XbaI-BamHI fragment encoding amino acids 414-490 of VP16 was isolated from plasmid pCG-Gal4-VP16 (Das, G., Hinkley, C. S. and Herr,
W. (1995) Nature 374, 657-660) and ligated into the SpeI-BamHI digested vectors to generate pCGNN-1FRB-VP16, pCGNN-2FRB-VP16, etc. The constructs were verified by restriction analysis and/or DNA sequencing.


(c) Constructs encoding ZFHD1 DNA binding domain-FRB fusions


An expression vector for directing the expression of ZFHD1 coding sequence in mammalian cells was prepared as follows.  Zif268 sequences were amplified from a cDNA clone by PCR using primers 5'Xba/Zif and 3'Zif+G.  Oct1 homeodomain sequences were
amplified from a cDNA clone by PCR using primers 5'Not Oct HD and Spe/Bam 3'Oct.  The Zif268 PCR fragment was cut with XbaI and NotI.  The OctI PCR fragment was cut with NotI and BamHI.  Both fragments were ligated in a 3-way ligation between the XbaI
and BamHI sites of pCGNN (Attar and Gilman, 1992) to make pCGNNZFHD1 in which the cDNA insert is under the transcriptional control of human CMV promoter and enhancer sequences and is linked to the nuclear localization sequence from SV40 T antigen.  The
plasmid pCGNN also contains a gene for ampicillin resistance which can serve as a selectable marker.  (Derivatives, pCGNNZFHD1-FKBP.times.1 and pCGNNZFHD1-FKBP.times.3, were prepared containing one or three tandem repeats of human FKBP12 ligated as an
XbaI-BamHI fragment between the SpeI and BamHI sites of pCGNNZFHD1.  A sample of pCGNNZFHD1-FKBP.times.3 has been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection under ATCC Accession No. 97399.  Sequences of primers is shown in WO 96/41865.


To generate C-terminal fusions of FRB domain(s) with the chimeric DNA binding protein ZFHD1, the XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding 1, 2, 3 and 4 copies of FRB were recovered from the GAL4 fusion vectors and ligated into Spe-BamHI digested pCGNN-ZFHD1
to yield pCGNN-ZFHD1-1FRB, pCGNN-ZFHD1-2FRB etc. Constructs were verified by restriction analysis and/or DNA sequencing.


To examine the effect of introducing additional `linker` polypeptide between ZFHD1 and a C-terminal FRB domain, FRAP fragments encoding extra sequence N-terminal to FRB were cloned as ZFHD1 fusions.  XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding FRAPa, FRAPb,
FRAPc, FRAPd and FRAPe were excised from the vectors pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPa, pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPb etc and ligated into SpeI-BamHI digested pCGNN-ZFHD1 to yield the vectors pCGNN-ZFHD1-FRAPa, pCGNN-ZFHD1-FRAPb, etc. Vectors encoding fusions of ZFHD1 to 2, 3 and 4
C-terminal copies of FRAPe were also constructed by isolating XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding 2FRAPe, 3FRAPe and 4FRAPe from pCGNNGAL4-2FRAPe, pCGNN-GAL4-3FRAPe and pCGNN-GAL4-4FRAPe and ligating them into SpeI-BamHI digested pCGNN-ZFHD1 to yield the
vectors pCGNN-ZFHD1-2FRAPe, pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FRAPe and pCGNN-ZFHD1-4FRAPe.  All constructs were verified by restriction analysis.


Vectors were also constructed that encode N-terminal fusions of FRB domain(s) with ZFHD1.  XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding 1, 2, 3 and 4 copies of FRAPe were isolated from pCGNN-GAL4-1FRAPe, pCGNN-GAL4-2FRAPe etc and ligated into XbaI-BamHI
digested pCGNN to yield the plasmids pCGNN-1FRAPe, pCGNN-2FRAPe etc. These vectors were then digested with SpeI and BamHI, and an XbaI-BamHI fragment encoding ZFHD1 (isolated from pCGNN-ZFHD1) ligated in to yield the constructs pCGNN-1FRAPe-ZFHD1,
pCGNN-2FRAPe-ZFHD1 etc, which were verified by restriction analysis.


(d) Constructs encoding FRB-p65 activation domain fusions


To generate fusions of FRB domain(s) with the activation domain of the human NF-kB p.sup.65 subunit (hereafter designated p65), two fragments were amplified by PCR from the plasmid pCG-p65.  Primers 9 (p65/ 5' Xba) and 11 (p65 3' Spe/Bam) amplify
the coding sequence for amino acids 450-550, and primers 10 (p65/361 Xba) and 11 amplify the coding sequence for amino acids 361-550, both flanked by 5' XbaI and 3' SpeI/BamHI sites.  PCR products were digested with XbaI and BamHI and cloned into
XbaI-BamHI digested pCGNN to yield pCGNN-p65(450-550) and pCGNN-p65(361-550).  The constructs were verified by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.


DNA sequences encoding the 100 amino acid P65 transcription activation sequence and the more extended p65 transcription activation domain (351-550) are shown in WO 96/41865.


To generate N-terminal fusions of FRB domain(s) with portions of the p65 activation domain, plasmids pCGNN-1FRB, pCGNN-2FRB etc were digested with SpeI and BamHI.  An XbaI-BamHI fragment encoding p65 (450-550) was isolated from pCGNN-p65(450-550)
and ligated into the SpeI-BamHI digested vectors to yield the plasmids pCGNN-1FRB-p65(450-550), pCGNN-2FRB-p65(450-550) etc. The construct pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) was made similarly using an XbaI-BamHI fragment isolated from pCGNN-p65(361-550).  These
constructs were verified by restriction analysis.


To examine the effect of introducing additional `linker` polypeptide between the p65 activation domain and an N-terminal FRB domain, FRAP fragments encoding extra sequence C-terminal to FRB were cloned as p65 fusions.  XbaI-BamHI fragments
encoding FRAPa, FRAPb, FRAPf, FRAPg and FRAPh were excised from the vectors pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPa, pCGNN-GAL4-FRAPb etc and ligated into XbaI-BamHI digested pCGNN to yield the vectors pCGNN-FRAPa, pCGNN-FRAPb, etc. These plasmids were then digested with SpeI
and BamHI, and a XbaI-BamHI fragment encoding p65 (amino acids 450-550) ligated in to yield the five vectors pCGNN-FRAPa-p65, pCGNN-FRAPb-p65, etc, which were verified by restriction analysis.


Vectors encoding fusions of p65 to 1 and 3 N-terminal copies of FRAPe were also prepared by digesting pCGNN-1FRAPe and pCGNN-3FRAPe with SpeI and BamHI.  XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding p65(450-550) and p65(361-550) (isolated from
pCGNN-p65(450-550) and pCGNN-p65(361-550)) were then ligated in to yield the vectors pCGNN-1FRAPe-p65(450-550), pCGNN-3FRAPe-p65(450-550), pCGNN-1FRAPe-p65(361-550) and pCGNN-3FRAPe-p65(361-550).  All constructs were verified by restriction analysis.


Vectors were also constructed that encode C-terminal fusions of FRB domain(s) with portions of the p65 activation domain.  Plasmids pCGNN-p65(450-550) and pCGNN-p65(361-550) were digested with SpeI and BamHI, and XbaI-BamHI fragments encoding 1
and 3 copies of FRAPe (isolated from pCGNN-GAL4-1FRAPe and pCGNN-GAL4-3FRAPe) and 1 copy of FRB (isolated from pCGNN-GAL4-1FRB) ligated in to yield the plasmids pCGNN-p65(450-550)-1FRAPe, pCGNN-p65(450-550)-3FRAPe, pCGNN-p65(361-550)-1FRAPe,
pCGNN-p65(361-550)-3FRAPe, pCGNN-p65(450-550)-1FRB and pCGNN-p65(361-550)-1FRB.  All constructs were verified by restriction analysis.


(e) Further constructs


Other constructs can be made analogously with the above procedures, but using alternative portions of the FRAP sequence or FRB domains containing modified peptide sequence.  For example, primers 12 and 13 are used to amplify the entire coding
region of FRAP.  Primers 1 and 13, 6 and 13, and 5 and 13, are used to amplify three fragments encompassing the FRB domain and extending through to the C-terminal end of the protein (including the lipid kinase homology domain).  These fragments differ by
encoding different portions of the protein N-terminal to the FRB domain.  In each case, RT-PCR is used as described above to amplify the regions from human thymus RNA, the PCR products are purified, digested with XbaI and SpeI, ligated into XbaI-SpeI
digested pCGNN, and verified by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.


 (f) Primer sequences  1 5'GCATGTCTAGAGAGATGTGGCATGAAGGCCTGGAAG  (SEQ ID NO 4)  2 5'GCATCACTAGTCTTTGAGATTCGTCGGAACACATG  (SEQ ID NO 5)  3 5'GCACATTCTAGAATTGATACGCCCAGACCCTTG  (SEQ ID NO 6)  4 5'CGATCAACTAGTAAGTGTCAATTTCCGGGGCCT  (SEQ ID NO 7)  5
5'GCACTATCTAGACTGAAGAACATGTGTGAGCACAGC  (SEQ ID NO 8)  6 5'GCACTATCTAGAGTGAGCGAGGAGCTGATCCGAGTG  (SEQ ID NO 9)  7 5'CGATCAACTAGTGGAAACATATTGCAGCTCTAAGGA  (SEQ ID NO 10)  8 5'CGATCAACTAGTTGGCACAGCCAATTCAAGGTCCCG  (SEQ ID NO 11)  9
5'ATGCTCTAGACTGGGGGCCTTGCTTGGCAAC  (SEQ ID NO 12)  10 5'ATGCTCTAGAGATGAGTTTCCCACCATGGTG  (SEQ ID NO 13)  11 5'GCATGGATCCGCTCAACTAGTGGAGCTGATCTGACTCAG  (SEQ ID NO 14)  12 5'ATGCTCTAGACTTGGAACCGGACCTGCCGCC  (SEQ ID NO 15)  13
5'GCATCACTAGTCCAGAAAGGGCACCAGCCAATAT  (SEQ ID NO 16)


Restriction sites are XbaI=TCTAGA, SpeI=ACGAGT, BamHI=GGATCC.


(g) DNA sequence of representative final construct: pCGNN-ZFHD1-1FRB encoding a 12CA5 epitope-SV40 NLS-ZFHD1-FRB fusion is shown in WO 96/41865.


(h) Bicistronic constructs


The internal ribosome entry sequence (IRES) from the encephalomyocarditis virus was amplified by PCR from pWZL-Bleo.  The resulting fragment, which was cloned into pBS-SK+ (Stratagene), contains an XbaI site and a stop codon upstream of the IRES
sequence and downstream of it, an NcoI site encompassing the ATG followed by SpeI and BamHI sites.  To facilitate cloning, the sequence around the initiating ATG of pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FKBP was mutated to an NcoI site and the XbaI site was mutated to a NheI
site using oligonucleotides shown in WO 96/41865.  An NcoI-BamHI fragment containing ZFHD1-3FKBP was then cloned downstream of pBS-IRES to create pBS-IRES-ZFHD1-3FKBP.  The XbaI-BamHI fragment from this plasmid was next cloned into SpeI/BamHI-cut
pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) to create pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550)-IRES-ZFHD1-3FKBP.


C. Retroviral Vectors for the Expression of Chimeric Proteins


Retroviral vectors used to express transcription factor fusion proteins from stably integrated, low copy genes were derived from pSRaMSVtkNeo (Muller et al., MCB 11:1785-92, 1991) and pSRaMSV(XbaI) (Sawyers et al., J. Exp.  Med.  181:307-313,
1995).  Unique BamHI sites in both vectors were removed by digesting with BamHI, filling in with Klenow and religating to produce pSMTN2 and pSMTX2, respectively.  pSMTN2 expresses the Neo gene from an internal thyrridine kinase promoter.  A Zeocin gene
(Invitrogen) is cloned as a NheI fragment into a unique XbaI site downstream of an internal thymidine kinase promoter in pSMTX2 to yield pSNTZ.  This Zeocin fragment was generated by mutagenizing pZeo/SV (Invitrogen) using the following primers to
introduce NheI sites flanking the zeocin coding sequence.


 (SEQ ID NO 17)  Primer1 5'-GCCATGGTGGCTAGCCTATAGTGAG  (SEQ ID NO 18)  Primer2 5'-GGCGGTGTTGGCTAGCGTCGGTCAG


pSMTN2 contains unique EcoRI and HindIII sites downstream of the LTR.  To facilitate cloning of transcription factor fusion proteins synthesized as XbaI-BamHI fragments the following sequence was inserted between the EcoRI and HindIII sites to
create pSMTN3:


 12CA5 epitope  M A S S Y P Y D V P D  5' gaattccagaagcgcgt ATG GCT TCT AGC TAT CCT TAT GAC GTG CCT GAC  EcoRI  SV40 T NLS  Y A S L G G P S S P K K K R K  TAT GCC AGC CTG GGA GGA CCT TCTAGT CCT AAG AAG AAG AGA AAG  V (SEQ ID NO  19)  GTG TCT AGA
TAT CGA GGA TCC CAA GCT T (SEQ ID NO  20)  XbaI BamHI HindIII


The equivalent fragment is inserted into a unique EcoRI site of pSMTZ to create pSMTZ3 with the only difference being that the 3' HindIII site is replaced by an EcoRI site.


pSMTN3 and pSMTZ3 permit chimeric transcription factors to be cloned downstream of the 5' viral LTR as XbaI-BamHI fragments and allow selection for stable integrants by virtue of their ability to confer resistance to the antibiotics G418 or
Zeocin respectively.


To generate the retroviral vector SMTN-ZFHD1-3FKBP, pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FKBP was first mutated to add an EcoRI site upstream of the first amino acid of the fusion protein.  An EcoRI-BamHI(blunted) fragment was then cloned into EcoRI-HindIII(blunted)
pSRaMSVtkNeo so that ZFHD1-3FKBP was expressed from the retroviral LTR.


Example 8


Rapamycin-dependent Transcriptional Activation


In preliminary experiments, three copies of FKBP fused either to a Gal4 DNA binding domain or a transcription activation domain activated both the stably integrated or transiently transfected reporter gene more strongly than corresponding fusion
proteins containing only one or two FKBP domains.  To evaluate this parameter with FRB fusion proteins, effector plasmids containing Gal4 DNA binding domain fused to one or more copies of an FRB domain were co-transfected with a plasmid encoding three
FKBP domains and a p65 activation domain (3.times.FKBP-p65) by transient transfection.  It was found that in this system, four copies of the FRB domain fused to the Gal4 DNA binding domain activated the stably integrated reporter gene more strongly than
other corresponding fusion proteins with fewer FRB domains.


Method: HT1080 B cells were grown in MEM supplemented with 10% Bovine Calf Serum.  Approximately 4.times.105 cells/well in a 6 well plate (Falcon) were transiently transfected by Lipofection procedure as recommended by the supplier (GIBCO, BRL). 
The DNA: Lipofectamine ratio used in this experiment correspond to 1:6.  Cells in each well recieved 500 ng of pCGNN F3-p65, 1.9 ug of PUC 118 plasmid as carrier and 100 ng of one of the following plasmids: pCGNN Gal4-1FRB, pCGNN Gal4-2FRB, pCGNN
Gal4-3FRB or pCGNN Gal4-4FRB.  Following transfection, 2 ml fresh media was added and supplemented with Rapamycin to the indicated concentration.  After 24 hrs, 100 ul of the media was assayed for SEAP activity as described (Spencer et al, 1993).


To test whether multiple FRB domains fused to a p65 activation domain results in increased transcriptional activation of the reporter gene, we co-transfected HT1080 B cells with plasmids expressing Gal4-3.times.FKBP and 1, 2, 3 or 4 copies of FRB
fused to p65 activation domain.  Surprisingly, unlike the DNA binding domain-FRB fusions, a single copy of FRB fused to p65 activation domain activated the reporter gene significantly more strongly than corresponding fusion proteins containing 2 or more
copies of FRB.


Method: HT1080 B cells were grown in MEM supplemented with 10% Bovine Calf Serum.  Approximately 4.times.105 cells/well in a 6 well plate were transiently transfected by Lipofection procedure as recommended by GIBCO, BRL.  The DNA: Lipofectamine
ratio used correspond to 1:6.  Cells in each well recieved 1.9 ug of PUC 118 plasmid as carrier, 100 ng of pCGNNGal4F3 and 500 ng one of the following plasmids :pCGNN1, 2, 3 or 4 FRB-p65.  Following transfection, 2 ml fresh media was added and
supplemented with Rapamycin to the indicated concentration.  After 24 hrs, 100 ul of the media was assayed for SEAP activity as described (Spencer et al, 1993).


Similar experiments were also conducted using another stable cell line (HT1080 B14) containing the 5.times.Gal4-IL2-SEAP reporter gene and DNA sequences encoding a fusion protein containing a Gal4 DNA binding domain and 3 copies of FKBP stably
integrated.  These cells were transiently transfected with effector plasmids expressing p65 activation domain fused to 1 or more copies of an FRB domain.  Similar to our observations with HT1080 B cells, in these experiments effector plasmids expressing
a single copy of FRB-p65 activation domain fusion protein activated the reporter gene more strongly than others with 2 or more copies of FRB.


Example 9


A. RAPAMYCIN-Dependent Transcriptional Activation in Transiently Transfected cells: ZFHD1 and p65 fusions


Human fibrosarcoma cells transiently transfected with a SEAP target gene and plasmids encoding representative ZFHD-FKBP- and FRB-p65-containing fusion proteins exhibited rapamycin-dependent and dose-responsive secretion of SEAP into the cell
culture medium.  See WO 96/41865, FIG. 4A.  SEAP production was not detected in cells in which one or both of the transcription factor fusion plasmids was omitted, nor was it detected in the absence of added rapamycin WO 96/418651, (FIG. 4B).  When all
components were present, however, SEAP secretion was detectable at rapamycin concentrations as low as 0.5 nM WO 96/41865, (FIG. 4A).  Peak SEAP secretion was observed at 5 nM.  Similar results have been obtained when the same transcription factors were
used to drive rapamycin-dependent activation of an hGH reporter gene or a stably integrated version of the SEAP reporter gene made by infection with a retroviral vector.  It is difficult to determine the fold activation in response to rapamycin since
levels of SEAP secretion in the absence of drug are undetectable, but it is clear that in this system there is at least a 1000-fold enhancement over background levels in the absence of rapamycin.  Thus, this system exhibits undetectable background
activity and high dynamic range.


Several different configurations for transcription factor fusion proteins were explored (See See WO 96/41865, FIG. 5).  When FKBP domains were fused to ZFHD1 and FRBs to p65, optimal levels of rapamycin-induced activation ocurred when there were
multiple FKBPs fused to ZAMD1 and fewer FRBs fused to p65.  The preference for multiple drug-binding domains on the DNA-binding protein may reflect the capacity of these proteins to recruit multiple activation domains and therefore to elicit higher
levels of promoter activity.  The presence of only 1 drug-binding domain on the activation domain should allow each FKBP on ZFHD to recruit one p65.  Any increase in the number of FRBs on p.sup.65 would increase the chance that fewer activation domains
would be recruited to ZFHD, each one linked my multiple FRB-FKBP interactions.


Methods:


HT1080 cells (ATCC CCL-121), derived from a human fibrosarcoma, were grown in MEM supplemented with non-essential amino acids and 10% Fetal Bovine Serum.  Cells plated in 24-well dishes (Falcon, 6.times.104 cells/well) were transfected using
Lipofectamine under conditions recommended by the manufacturer (GIBCO/BRL).  A total of 300 ng of the following DNA was transfected into each well: 100 ng ZFHD.times.12-CMV-SEAP reporter gene, 2.5 ng pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FKBP or other DNA binding domain fusion,
5 ng pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) or other activation domain fusion and 192.5 ng pUC118.  In cases where the DNA binding domain or activation domain were omitted an equivalent amount of empty pCGNN expression vector was substituted.  Following lipofection
(for 5 hours) 500 .mu.l medium containing the indicated amounts of rapamycin was added to each well.  After 24 hours, medium was removed and assayed for SEAP activity as described (Spencer et al, Science 262:1019-24, 1993) using a Luminescence
Spectrometer (Perkin Elmer) at 350 nm excitation and 450 nm emission.  Background SEAP activity, measured from mock-transfected cells, was subtracted from each value.


To prepare transiently transfected HT1080 cells for injection into mice (See below), cells in 100 mm dishes (2.times.106 cells/dish) were transfected by calcium phosphate precipitation for 16 hours (Gatz, C., Kaiser, A. & Wendenburg, R., 1991,
Mol. Gen.  Genet.  227, 229-237) with the following DNAs: 10 mg of ZHWT.times.12-CMV-hGH, 1 mg pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FKBP, 2 mg pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) and 7 mg pUC118.  Transfected cells were rinsed 2 times with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and given fresh
medium for 5 hours.  To harvest for injection, cells were removed from the dish in Hepes Buffered Saline Solution containing 10 mM EDTA, washed with PBS/0.1% BSA/0.1% glucose and resuspended in the same at a concentration of 2.times.107 cells/ml.


Plasmids: Construction of the transcription factor fusion plasmids is described above.


pZHWT.times.12-CMV-SEAP


This reporter gene, containing 12 tandem copies of a ZFHD1 binding site (Pomerantz et al., 1995) and a basal promoter from the immediate early gene of human cytomegalovirus (Boshart et. al., 1985) driving expression of a gene encoding secreted
alkaline phosphatase (SEAP), was prepared by replacing the NheI-HindIII fragment of pSEAP Promoter (Clontech) with an NheI-XbaI fragment containing 12 ZFHD binding sites shown in WO 96/41865 and an XbaI-HindIII fragment containing a minimal CMV promoter
(-54 to +45), also shown in WO 96/41865.


pZHWT.times.12-CMV-hGH


Activation of this reporter gene leads to the production of hGH.  It was constructed by replacing the HindIII-BamHI (blunted) fragment of pZHWT.times.12CMV-SEAP (containing the SEAP coding sequence) with a HindIII (blunted) -EcoRI fragment from
pOGH (containing an hGH genomic clone; Selden et al., MCB 6:3171-3179, 1986; the BamHI and EcoRI sites were blunted together).


pZHWT.times.12-IL2-SEAP


This reporter gene is identical to pZHWT.times.12-CMV-SEAP except the XbaI-HindIII fragment containing the minimal CMV promoter was replaced with the following XbaI-HindIII fragment containing a minimal IL2 gene promoter (-72 to +45 with respect
to the start site; Siebenlist et al., MCB 6:3042-3049, 1986) (see WO 96/41865)


pLH


To facilitate the stable integration of a single, or few, copies of reporter gene the following retroviral vector was constructed.  pLH (LTR-hph), which contains the hygromycin B resistance gene driven by the Moloney murine leukemia virus LTR and
a unique internal ClaI site, was constructed as follows: The hph gene was cloned as a HindIII-ClaI fragment from pBabe Hygro (Morganstern and Land, NAR 18:3587-96, 1990) into BamHI-ClaI cut pBabe Bleo (resulting in the loss of the bleo gene; the BamHI
and HindIII sites were blunted together).


pLH-ZHWT.times.12-IL2-SEAP


To clone a copy of the reporter gene containing 12 tandem copies of the ZFHD1 binding site and a basal promoter from the IL2 gene driving expression of the SEAP gene into the pLH retroviral vector, the MluI-ClaI fragment from
pZHWT.times.12-IL2-SEAP (with ClaI linkers added) was cloned into the ClaI site of pLH.  It was oriented such that the directions of transcription from the viral LTR and the internal ZFHD-IL2 promoters were the same.


pLH-G5-IL2-SEAP


To construct a retroviral vector containing 5 Gal4 sites embedded in a minimal IL2 promoter driving expression of the SEAP gene, a ClaI-BstBI fragment consisting of the following was inserted into the ClaI site of pLH such that the directions of
transcription from the viral LTR and the internal Gal4-IL2 promoters were the same: A ClaI-HindIII fragment containing 5 Gal4 sites and regions -324 to -294 and -72 to +45 of the 112 gene (shown in WO 96/41865) and a HindIII-BstBI fragment containing the
SEAP gene coding sequence (Berger et al., Gene 66:1-10, 1988) mutagenized to add a BstBI site immediately after the stop codon (shown in WO 96/471865).


B. Rapamycin-Dependent Transcriptional Activation in Stably Transfected Cells


The following experiments confirmed that this system exhibits similar properties in stably transfected cells.  We generated stable cell lines by sequential transfection of a SEAP target gene and expression vectors for ZFHD1-3FKBP and 1FRB-p65,
respectively.  A pool of several dozen stable clones resulting from the final transfection exhibited rapamycin-dependent SEAP production.  From this pool, we characterized several individual clones, many of which produced high levels of SEAP in response
to rapamycin.  Results from one such clone are shown in FIG. 4C of WO 96/41865.  This clone produced SEAP at levels approximately forty times higher than the pool and significantly higher than transiently transfected cells.  In an attempt to rigorously
quantitate background SEAP production and induction ratio in this clone, we performed a second set of assays in which the length of the SEAP assay was increased by a factor of approximately 50 to detect any SEAP activity in untreated cells.  Under these
conditions, mock transfected cells produced 47 arbitrary fluorescence units, while the transfected clone produced 54 units in the absence of rapamycin and over 90,000 units at 100 nM rapamycin.  Thus, in this stable cell line, background gene expression
was negligible and the induction ratio (7 units to 90,000 units) was greater than four orders of magnitude.


To simplify the task of stable transfection, we used a bicistronic expression vector that directs the production of both ZFHD1-3FKBP and 1FRB-p65 through the use of an internal ribosome entry sequence (IRES).  This expression plasmid was
cotransfected, together with a zeocin-resistance marker plasmid, into a cell line carrying a retrovirally-transduced SEAP reporter gene, and a pool of approximately fifty drug-resistant clones was selected and expanded.  This pool of clones also
exhibited rapamycin-dependent SEAP production with no detectable background and a very similar dose-response curve to that observed in transiently transfected cells.  This pool would be expected to contain individual clones with performance similar to
the clone studied in FIG. 4C of WO 96/41865.  Thus, rapamycin-responsive gene expression can be readily obtained in both transiently and stably transfected cells.  In both cases, regulation is characterized by very low background and high induction
ratios.


Stable cell lines.  Helper-free retroviruses containing the reporter gene or DNA binding domain fusion were generated by transient co-transfection of 293T cells (Pear, W. S., Nolan, G. P., Scott, M. L. & Baltimore D., 1993, Production of
high-titer helper-free retroviruses by transient transfection.  Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA 90, 8392-8396) with a Psi(-) amphotropic packaging vectorand the retroviral vectors pLH-ZHWT.times.12-IL2-SEAP or SMTN-ZFHD1-3FKBP, respectively.  To generate
a clonal cell line containing the reporter gene stably integrated, HT1080 cells infected with retroviral stock were diluted and selected in the presence of 300 mg/ml Hygromycin B. Individual clones from this and other cell lines described below were
screened by transient transfection of the missing components followed by the addition of rapamycin as described above.  All 12 clones analyzed were inducible and had little or no basal activity.  The most responsive clone, HT1080L, was selected for
further study.


HT20-6 cells, which contain the pLH-ZHWT.times.12-IL2-SEAP reporter gene, ZFHD1-3FKBP DNA binding domain and 1FRB-p65(361-550) activation domain stably integrated, were generated by first infecting HT1080L cells with SMTN-ZFHD1-3FKBP-packaged
retrovirus and selecting in medium containing 500 mg/ml G418.  A strongly responsive clone, HT1080L3, was then transfected with linearized pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) and pZeoSV (Invitrogen) and selected in medium containing 250 mg/ml Zeocin.  Individual
clones were first tested for the presence of 1FRB-p65(361-550) by western.  Eight positive clones were analyzed by addition of rapamycin.  All eight had low basal activity and in six of them, gene expression was induced by at least two orders of
magnitude.  The clone that gave the strongest response, HT20-6, was selected for further analysis.


HT23 cells were generated by co-transfecting HT1080L cells with linearized pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550)-IRES-ZFHD1-3FKBP and pZeoSV and selecting in medium containing 250 mg/ml Zeocin.  Approximately 50 clones were pooled for analysis.


For analysis, cells were plated in 96-well dishes (1.5.times.104 cells/well) and 200 .mu.l medium containing the indicated amounts of rapamycin (or vehicle) was added to each well.  After 18 hours, medium was removed and assayed for SEAP
activity.  In some cases, medium was diluted before analysis and relative SEAP units obtained multiplied by the fold-dilution.  Background SEAP activity, measured from untransfected HT1080 cells, was subtracted from each value.


Example 10


Rapamycin-dependent Production of hGH in Mice


In Vivo Methods: Animals, husbandry, and general procedures.  Male nu/nu mice were obtained from Charles River Laboratories (Wilmington, Mass.) and allowed to acclimate for five days prior to experimentation.  They were housed under sterile
conditions, were allowed free access to sterile food and sterile water throughout the entire experiment, and were handled with sterile techniques throughout.  No immunocompromised animal demonstrated outward infection or appeared ill as a result of
housing, husbandry techniques, or experimental techniques.


To transplant transiently transfected cells into mice, 2.times.106 transfected HT1080 cells, were suspended in 100 ml PBS/0.1% BSA/0.1% glucose buffer, and administered into four intramuscular sites (approximately 25 ml per site) on the haunches
and flanks of the animals.  Control mice received equivalent volume injections of buffer alone.


Rapamycin was formulated for in vivo administration by dissolution in equal parts of N,N-dimethylacetamide and a 9:1 (v:v) mixture of polyethylene glycol (average molecular weight of 400) and polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.  Concentrations
of rapamycin, in the completed formulation, were sufficient to allow for in vivo administration of the appropriate dose in a 2.0 ml/kg injection volume.  The accuracy of the dosing solutions was confirmed by HPLC analysis prior to intravenous
administration into the tail veins.  Some control mice, bearing no transfected HT1080 cells, received 10.0 mg/kg rapamycin.  In addition, other control mice, bearing transfected cells, received only the rapamycin vehicle.


Blood was collected by either anesthetizing or sacrificing mice via CO2 inhalation.  Anesthetized mice were used to collect 100 ml of blood by cardiac puncture.  The mice were revived and allowed to recover for subsequent blood collections. 
Sacrificed mice were immediately exsanguinated.  Blood samples were allowed to clot for 24 hours, at 4.degree.  C., and sera were collected following centrifugation at 1000.times.g for 15 minutes.  Serum hGH was measured by the Boehringer Mannheim
non-isotopic sandwich ELISA (Cat No. 1 585 878).  The assay had a lower detection limit of 0.0125 ng/ml and a dynamic range that extended to 0.4 ng/ml.  Recommended assay instructions were followed.  Absorbance was read at 405 nm with a 490 nm reference
wavelength on a Molecular Devices microtiter plate reader.  The antibody reagents in the ELISA demonstrate no cross reactivity with endogenous, murine hGH in diluent sera or native samples.


hGH expression In Vivo.  For the assessment of dose-dependent rapamycin-induced stimulation of hGH expression, rapamycin was administered to mice approximately one hour following injection of HT1080 cells.  Rapamycin doses were either 0.01, 0.03,
0.1, 0.3, 1.0, 3.0, or 10.0 mg/kg.  Seventeen hours following rapamycin administration, the mice were sacrificed for blood collection.


To address the time course of in vivo hGH expression, mice received 10.0 mg/kg of rapamycin one hour following injection of the cells.  Mice were sacrificed at 4(8, 17, 24, and 42 hours following rapamycin administration.


The ability of rapamycin to induce sustained expression of hGH from transplanted HT1080 cells was tested by repeatedly administering rapamycin.  Mice were administered transfected HT1080 cells as described above.  Approximately one hour following
injection of the cells, mice received the first of five intravenous 10.0 mg/kg doses of rapamycin.  The four remaining doses were given under anesthesia, immediately subsequent to blood collection, at 16, 32, 48, and 64 hours.  Additional blood
collections were also performed at 72, 80, 88, and 96 hours following the first rapamycin dose.  Control mice were administered cells, but received only vehicle at the various times of administration of rapamycin.  Experimental animals and their control
counterparts were each assigned to one of two groups.  Each of the two experimental groups and two control groups received identical drug or vehicle treatments, respectively.  The groups differed in that blood collection times were alternated between the
two groups to reduce the frequency of blood collection for each animal.


Results


Rapamycin elicited dose-responsive production of hGH in these animals (FIG. 6 of WO 96/41865).  hGH concentrations in the rapamycin-treated animals compared favorably with normal circulating levels in humans (0.2-0.3 ng/ml).  No plateau in hGH
production was observed in these experiments, suggesting that the maximal capacity of the transfected cells for hGH production was not reached.  Control animals--those that received transfected cells but no rapamycin and those that received rapamycin but
no cells--exhibited no detectable serum hGH.  Thus, the production of hGH in these animals was absolutely dependent upon the presence of both engineered cells and rapamycin.


The presence of significant levels of hGH in the serum 17 hours after rapamycin administration was noteworthy, because hGH is cleared from the circulation with a half-life of less than four minutes in these animals.  This observation suggested
that the engineered cells continued to secrete hGH for many hours following rapamycin treatment.  To examine the kinetics of rapamycin control of hGH production, we treated animals with a single dose of rapamycin and then measured hGH levels at different
times thereafter.  Serum hGH was observed within four hours of rapamycin treatment, peaked at eight hours (at over one hundred times the sensitivity limit of the hGH ELISA), and remained detectable 42 hours after treatment.  hGH concentration decayed
from its peak with a half-life of approximately 11 hours.  This half-life is several hundredfold longer than the half-life of hGH itself and approximately twice the half-life of rapamycin (4.6 hr) in these animals.  The slower decay of serum hGH relative
to rapamycin could reflect the presence of higher tissue concentrations of rapamycin in the vicinity of the implanted cells.  Alternatively, persistence of hGH production from the engineered cells may be enhanced by the stability of hGH mRNA.


Interestingly, administration of a second dose of rapamycin to these animals at 42 hr resulted in a second peak of serum hGH, which decayed with similar kinetics indicating that the engineered cells retained the ability to respond to rapamycin
for at least two days.  Therefore, to ascertain the ability of this system to elevate and maintain circulating hGH concentrations, we performed an experiment in which animals received multiple doses of rapamycin at 16-hour intervals.  This interval
corresponds to the time required for hGH levels to peak and then decline approximately half-way.  According to this regimen, rapamycin concentration is predicted to approach a steady-state trough concentration of 1.7 .mu.g/ml after two doses (shown as
dotted line in FIG. 8 of WO 96/41865).  hGH levels should also approach a steady state trough concentration following the second dose.  Treated animals indeed held relatively stable levels of circulating hGH in response to repeated doses of rapamycin. 
After the final dose, hGH levels remained constant for 16 hours and then declined with a similar half-life as rapamycin (6.8 hours for hGH versus 4.6 hours for rapamycin).  These data suggest that upon multiple dosing, circulating rapamycin imparts tight
control over the secretion of hGH from transfected cells in vivo.  In particular, it is apparent that protein production is rapidly terminated upon withdrawal of drug.


Discussion


These experiments demonstrate the feasibility of controlling the production of a secreted therapeutic protein from genetically engineered cells using a small-molecule drug.  This system has many of the features required for use in human gene and
cell therapy.  It is characterized by very low background activity and high induction ratio.  It functions independently of host physiology or any cell-type-specific factors.  It is composed completely of human proteins.  The controlling drug is well
behaved in vivo and orally bioavailable.


With a system of this general design, it should be possible to provide stable and precisely titrated doses of secreted therapeutic proteins from engineered cells in vivo.  Intermittent and pulsatile dosing should also be feasible.  A considerable
advantage of protein delivery from engineered cells under small-molecule control is that the rate of protein production at any given time is a function of the circulating concentration of the small-molecule drug.  Therefore, the apparent pharmacokinetics
of a therapeutic protein such as hGH can be dramatically altered.  In our experiments, for example, the kinetics of circulating hGH delivered from engineered cells following a single administration of rapamycin are markedly different from those observed
following a single administration of recombinant protein.  hGH administered to mice intravenously is cleared with a half-time of a few minutes, whereas hGH levels from engineered cells induced with rapamycin decayed with a half-time of approximately
eleven hours.  Even in humans, where the half-time for hGH clearance is approximately twenty minutes, injections must be given every other day, and serum hGH levels fluctuate dramatically.  It is likely that protein delivery from engineered cells under
precise pharmacologic control will lead to more effective therapy, particularly for proteins with poor pharmacokinetics or low therapeutic index.


The use of a small-molecule drug to link a DNA-binding domain and activation domain is an effective strategy for regulating gene expression in vivo.  One especially attractive feature is that the system is entirely modular, allowing each
component to be optimized and engineered independently.  In contrast to bacterial repressors, which rely on relatively subtle allosteric intramolecular interactions to control DNA-binding activity, the dimerization strategy can be adapted to virtually
any DNA-binding and activation domain.  We have used here a DNA-binding domain of defined structure which readily supports rational engineering of DNA-binding affinity and new recognition specificities.  Similarly, activation domains can be engineered
for maximal potency and other suitable properties.  Indeed, the engineered transcription factors used in these experiments elicit very high levels of gene expression relative to conventional promoter/enhancer systems, and further enhancements in either
domain can be readily incorporated.  The ability to introduce engineered transcription factors dedicated to the transcription of a single target gene provides opportunities to achieve lower backgrounds and substantially higher levels of gene expression
in vivo than conventional expression vectors.


We have also chosen to construct our regulated transcription factors from human proteins to minimize the potential for recognition by the immune system.  It has been reported that autologous T cells expressing a fusion protein composed of
bacterial hygromycin phosphotransferase and herpes virus thymidine kinase were effectively recognized and eliminated by host cytotoxic T cells, even in AIDS patients with debilitated immune systems (Riddell, S. R., et al. T-cell mediated rejection of
gene-modified HIV-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes in HIV-infected patients.  Nature Med.  2, 216-223 (1996)).  This observation suggests that the risk of immune recognition of heterologous proteins in engineered cells is a real one and that, therefore,
the use of human proteins for performing regulatory functions in human cells is prudent.  Although each individual component of our transcription factor fusion proteins is human in sequence, each protein contains junction peptides which could potentially
be recognized as foreign.  These junctions may be designed or selected, however, to minimize their presentation to the immune system, as discussed previously.


The principal limitation of rapamycin-based systems is the native biological activity of rapamycin, which, through inhibition of FRAP activity blocks cell-cycle progression leading to immunosuppression in vivo.  However, the ability to introduce
substituents or otherwise modify the structure of rapamycin to substantially reduce or abolish binding to FKBP and/or FRAP provides access to rapalogs devoid of undue immunosuppressive activity.  Use of such rapalogs, especially improved rapalogs of this
invention, together with correspondingly engineered FKBP and/or FRB domains should prove widely useful for the regulation of engineered protein production as well as the regulation of a wide variety of other biological processes in experimental animals
and human gene therapy.


Example 11


FP Assay for rapalog binding to FKBP


Affinities of rapalogs for FKBP proteins may be determined using a competitive assay based on fluorescence polarization (FP).  A fluorescein-labelled FK506 probe (AP1491) was synthesized as described in WO 96/41865 (See Example 6 therein), and
the increase in the polarization of its fluorescence used as a direct readout of % bound probe in an equilibrium binding experiment containing sub-saturating FKBP and variable amounts of rapamycin analog as competitor.


Determination of Binding Affinities (IC50s) of Rapalogs Using FP


Serial 10-fold dilutions of each analog are prepared in 100% ethanol in glass vials and stored on ice.  All other manipulations are performed at room temperature.  A stock of recombinant pure FKBP (purified by standard methods, see eg. 
Wiederrecht, G. et al. 1992.  J. Biol.  Chem. 267, 21753-21760) is diluted to 11.25 nM in 50 mM potassium phosphate pH 7.8/150 mM NaCl/100 .mu.g/ml bovine gamma globulin ("FP buffer": prepared using only low-fluorescence reagents from Panvera) and 98
.mu.l aliquots transferred to wells of a Dynatech micro-fluor black 96-well fluorescence plate.  2.0 .mu.l samples of the rapalogs are then transferred in duplicate to the wells with mixing.  Finally, a probe solution is prepared containing 10 nM AP1491
in 0.1% ethanol/FP buffer, and 100 .mu.l added to each well with mixing.  Duplicate control wells contain ethanol instead of rapalog (for 100% probe binding) or ethanol instead of rapalog and FP buffer instead of FKBP (0% binding).


The plates are stored covered in the dark for approximately 30 min to permit equilibration and then the fluorescence polarization of the sample in each well is read on a Jolley FPM-2 FP plate reader (Jolley Consulting and Research, Inc.,
Grayslake, Ill.) in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.  The mean polarization (mP units) for each competitor concentration is usually converted to % total binding by reference to the control values and plotted (y) vs.  log molar final
concentration of competitor (x).  Non-linear least square analysis was used to fit the curve and extract the IC50 using the following equation:


 y=M1+(M4-M1)/(1+exp(M2*(M3-x)))


where M3 is the IC50.  For incomplete curves the IC50 is determined by interpolation.


Rapamycin and C14desoxorapamycin may be included as controls in each case (C14-desoxo-rapamycin was prepared as described by Luengo, J. I. et al. 1994 Tetrahedron Lett.  35, 6469-6472).


Example 12


Rapalog-dependent Transcriptional Activation in Transiently Transfected Cells


Rapalogs may be assayed for their ability to dimerize FKBP and FRB fusion proteins using a transcription read out as follows.  Constructs encoding rapalog-dependent transcription factor fusion proteins are introduced into cells which contain, or
are engineered to contain, a reporter gene linked to transcriptional regulatory DNA permitting reporter gene expression following rapalog-dependent dimerization of the transcription factor fusion proteins.  The transcription factor fusion proteins
include (a) an FKBP fusion protein containing, as a heterologous effector domain, a DNA binding domain (DBD) and (b) an FRB fusion protein containing, as a heterologous effector domain, a transcription activator domain.  The FKBP and/or FRB domains may
contain naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring peptide sequence.  The presence of a rapalog which is capable of mediating dimerization of the two fusion proteins leads to expression of the reporter gene.  The level of reporter observed is
indicative of the activity of the rapalog as a dimerizer.  Use of a target gene of interest in place of a reporter gene renders this a regulated gene expression system for use in cells grown in culture or in whole organisms.


We have made use of such as system as follows: HT1080 cells (ATCC CCL-121), derived from a human fibrosarcoma, were grown in MEM supplemented with non-essential amino acids and 10% Fetal Bovine Serum.  Cells plated in 24-well dishes (Falcon,
6.times.10.sup.4 cells/well) were transfected using Lipofectamine under conditions recommended by the manufacturer (GIBCO/BRL).  A total of 300 ng of the following DNA was transfected into each well:


(a) 100 ng ZFHD.times.12-CMV-SEAP.  reporter gene (reporter gene linked to 12 recognition sites for the ZFHD1 DNA-binding domain),


(b) 2.5 ng pCGNN-ZFHD1-3FKBP or other DNA binding domain fusion (fusion protein comprising 3 FKBP domains and one ZFHD1 domain),


(c) 5 ng pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) (fusion protein comprising an FRB domain and and a p65 transcription activation domain) and


(d) 192.5 ng pUC118.


In some experiments, pCGNN-1FRB(T2098L)-p65(361-550) was used in place of pCGNN-1FRB-p65(361-550) to generate an FRB fusion protein containing an engineered FRB domain.  In control experiments where the DNA binding domain or activation domain
were omitted, an equivalent amount of empty pCGNN expression vector was substituted.  For detailed information on the assembly and use of constructs including those mentioned herein, see WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al), especially the Examples therein
(which are specifically incorporated by reference herein).  Following lipofection (for 5 hours) 500 ul medium containing the indicated amounts of rapalog was added to each well.  After 24 hours, medium was removed and assayed for SEAP activity as
described (Spencer et al, Science 262:1019-24, 1993).  Human fibrosarcoma cells transiently transfected with a SEAP target gene and plasmids encoding representative ZFHD-FKBP- and FRB-p65-containing fusion proteins exhibited rapalog-dependent and
dose-responsive secretion of SEAP into the cell culture medium.  SEAP production was not detected in cells in which one or both of the transcription factor fusion plasmids was omitted, nor was it detected in the absence of added rapalog.  As shown in
FIG. 1, cells transfected with wild-type FKBP and FRB constructs exhibited SEAP production at dimerizer concentrations as low as 1 nM.  FIG. 2 illustrates preferential stimulation of SEAP production in cells expressing a mutant FRB (T2098L, FIGS. 2B and
2D; 12098F, FIG. 2E) as compared to wild-type (FIGS. 2A and 2C).  Similar results have been obtained when the same transcription factors were used to drive rapalog-dependent activation of an hGH target gene or a stably integrated version of the SEAP
reporter gene made by infection with a retroviral vector.


Example 13


Mutagenesis and Phage Display to Generate Modified Ligand-Binding Domains Complementary to Various Rapalogs


A. Engineered FKBP and FRB Domains


We have designed and prepared recombinant DNA constructs encoding the fusion proteins tabulated below which bear illustrative modified ligand-binding domains.  Except a otherwise stated, mutants were generated using oligonucleotide-mediated
site-directed mutagenesis according to standard methods (Kunkel, T. A., Bebenek, K. and McClary, J. 1991.  Meth Enzymol.  204, 235-139), and confirmed by dideoxy sequencing.


 Fusion Proteins containing modified FKBP domains  (F36V hFKBP12)---p65  (F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---p65  (F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---p65  (F36M hFKBP12)---p65  (F36M hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---p65  (F36M
hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---p65  (F36V hFKBP12)---ZFHD1  (F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---ZFHD1  (F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBP12)---ZFHD1  (F36M hFKBP12)---ZFHD1  (F36M hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBPI2)---ZFHD1  (F36M
hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---ZFHD1  myr-(F36V hFKBP12)---(F36V hFKBPI2)---Fas  myr-(F36M hFKBP12)---(F36M hFKBP12)---Fas  myr-(F36A hFKBP12)---(F36A hFKBP12)---Fas  myr-(F36S/F99A hFKBP12)---(F36S/F99A hFKBP12)---Fas  notes:  1. "hFKBP12"
indicates amino acids 1-107 of human FKBP12 referred to  previously  2. "p65" indicates residues 361-550 of p65  3. "Fas" indicates residues 175-304 of human Fas  4. "ZFHD1" is as described elsewhere  5. "myr" indicates the src myristoylation sequence 
6. mutations are indicated using the previously described convention


We have also prepared constructs encoding the following FRB fusion proteins:


 Fusion Proteins containing modified (hFRAP) FRB domains  (T2098A FRB)---p65  (T2098N FRB)---p65  (D2102A FRB)---p65  (Y2038H FRB)---p65  (Y2038L FRB)---p65  (Y2038A FRB)---p65  (F2039H FRB)---p65  (F2039L FRB)---p65  (F2039A FRB)---p65 
(K2095S/D2096N/T2098N FRB)---p65  (TOR2 FRB)---p65  notes:  1. "p65" indicates p65 residues 361-550, as above  2. "FRB" indicates the 89 amino acid FRB of human FRAP  3. "TOR2 FRB" indicates amino acids 1961-2052 of S. cerevisiac TOR2


Yeast and Candida FRBs, modified by analogy to the modified hFRAP FRB domains discussed herein, may also be prepared by substitution of a codon for a different amino acid in place of one or more of the two conserved Phe residues and the conserved
Asp and Asn residues within each of their FRB domains.  Illustrative modified FRB domains derived from TOR 1 and TOR2, include the following:


 Modified TOR1 and TOR2 FRB Domains  TOR1 TOR2  F1975H F1978H  F1975L F1978L  F1975A F1978A  F1975S F1978S  F1975V F1978V  F1976H F1979H  F1976L F1979L  F1976A F1979A  F1976S F1979S  F1976V F1979V  D2039A D2042A  N2035A N2038A  N2035S N2038S 
These modified TOR1 and TOR2 FRBs are designed for use with rapalogs  containing C7 substituents


B. Testing Rationally Designed FKBP Mutants for Binding to Rapalogs


An expression vector based on pET20b (Novageni) was constructed using standard procedures that expresses FKBP preceded by a hexahistidine tag and a portion of the H. influenza hemaglutinin protein that is an epitope for the monoclonal antibody
12CA5.  The sequence of the protein encoded by this vector is as follows:


 His6 HA tag FKBP->  MHHHHHHYPYDVPDYAAMAHMGVQVETISPGDGRTFPKRGQTCVVHYTGMLEDGKKFDSSR  DRNKPFKFMLGKQEVIRGWEEGVAQMSVGQRAKLTISPDYAYGATGHPGIIPPHATLVFDV  ELLKLE (SEQ ID NO 21)


To generate expression vectors for FKBPs mutated at rapamycin contact residues, oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis was performed on the single-stranded form of the vector prepared from E. coli CJ236, as described (Kunkel, T. A.,
Bebenek, K. and McClary, J. 1991.  Meth Enzymol.  204, 235-139).  Mutants were confirmed by dideoxy sequencing.  Mutant proteins were expressed in E. coli BL21(DE3) (Novagen) as described (Wiederrecht, G. et al. 1992.  J. Biol.  Chem. 267,21753-21760),
and purified to homogeneity as described (Cardenas, M. E. et al. 1994.  EMBO J. 13, 5944-5957).


Using this protocol the following mutant human FKBP12 proteins were generated, using the indicated oligonucleotide primers (mutated bases in upper case; 5'->3'):


Mutants designed for binding to C24 rapalogs:


Phe46His agcataaacttaTGgggcttgtttctg (1)  (SEQ ID NO 22)  Phe46Leu agcataaacttTaagggcttgtttctg (2)  (SEQ ID NO 23)  Phe46Ala agcataaacttaGCgggcttgtttctg (3)  (SEQ ID NO 24)  Phe48His ttgcctagcataTGcttaaagggcttg (4)  (SEQ ID NO 25)  Phe48Leu
ttgcctagcatTaacttaaagggcttg (5)  (SEQ ID NO 26)  Phe48Ala ttgcctagcataGCcttaaagggcttg (6)  (SEQ ID NO 27)  Glu54Ala cctcggatcaccGCctgcttgcctag (7)  (SEQ ID NO 28)  Val55Ala cagcctcggatcGCctcctgcttgcc (8)  (SEQ ID NO 29)


Mutants designed for binding to C13/C14 rapalogs:


Phe36Ala ccgggaggaatcGGCtttctttccatcttc (9)  (SEQ ID NO 30)  Phe36Val ccgggaggaatcGACtttctttccatcttc (10)  (SEQ ID NO 31)  Phe36Ser ccgggaggaatcAGAtttctttccatcttc (11)  (SEQ ID NO 32)  Phe36Met ccgggaggaatcCATtttctttccatcttc (12)  (SEQ ID NO 33) 
(13)  (Phe36Met + Phe99Ala)aagctccacatcGGCgacgagagtggc  (SEQ ID NO 34) + primer 12  (14)  (Phe36Met + Phe99Gly)aagctccacatcGCCgacgagagtggc  (SEQ ID NO 35) + primer 12  (Phe36Ala + Phe99ALa)primer 9 + primer 13  (Phe36Ala + Phe99Gly)primer 9 + primer 14 
Tyr26Ala caagcatcccggtgGCgtgcaccacgcag (15)  (SEQ ID NO 36)  Asp37AIa tcccgggaggaaGCaaatttctttccatc (16)  (SEQ ID NO 37)


Mutant designed for binding to C28/C30 rapalogs:


Glu54Ala cctcggatcaccGCctgcttgcctag (17)  (SEQ ID NO 38)


To assay the relative binding affinity of rapamycin and rapalogs to FKBP mutants, a competitive fluorescence polarization (FP) assay is used that relies on the retention of FK506 (and hence probe) binding affinity by the mutants.  The procedure
is identical to that described in Example 12 except that a direct binding assay is first performed to determine the dilution (concentration) of mutant FKBP to use in the competition reactions in order to obtain sub-saturation.  Serial dilutions of mutant
FKBP are made in FP buffer (Example 12) in 100 .mu.l volumes in Dynatech micro-fluor plates, and then 100 .mu.l of 10 nM AP1491 (probe) in [FP buffer+2% ethanol] added to each well.  Equilibration and plate reading are as in Example 12.  A plot of mP
units vs concentration of FKBP mutant is fit to following equation:


and the final mutant concentration/dilution at which 90% of probe is specifically bound is determined by interpolation.  This final concentration is then used in a competition FP assay carried out as in Example 12, with 2.times.  the final
concentration of mutant replacing 11.25 nM FKBP in the protocol.  Instead of 90% saturation, 75% can be selected to impart greater sensitivity to the competition assay.  Serial dilutions of rapamycin analogs are used as competitor and the results are
expressed as IC50 for each rapalog binding to each mutant.


C. Testing Rationally Designed FRB Mutants for Binding to FKBP-Rapalog Complexes


A NcoI-BamHI fragment encoding residues 2021-2113 (inclusive) of human FRAP was generated by PCR with primers 28 and 29 (below),and cloned into a derivative of pET20b(+) (Novagen) in which the NdeI site is mutated to NcoI, to create
pET-FRAP(2021-2113).  Single-stranded DNA of this vector was used as a template in site-directed mutagenesis procedures, as described above, to generate vectors encoding FRAPs mutated at rapamycin contact residues.  Mutants were confirmed by dideoxy
sequencing.  Mutants were then amplified by PCR using primers (30 and 31) that append XbaI and SpeI sites, and cloned into XbaI-SpeI digested pCGNN-FRB-p65(361-550) (Example 7) to generate a series of constructs directing mammalian expression of chimeric
proteins of the form E-N-mutant FRAP(2021-2113)-p65(361-550), where E indicates HA epitope tag and N indicates nuclear localization sequence.  Constructs were verified by restriction digestion and dideoxy sequencing.


Using this procedure the following constructs encoding candidate mutant FRAPs for binding to C7 rapalogs, each fused to the p6.sup.5 (361-550) activation domain, were generated using the indicated oligonucleotide primers (mutated bases in upper
case; 5'->3'):


Tyr2038His cctttccccaaagtGcaaacgagatgc  (18)  (SEQ ID NO 39)  Tyr2038Leu cctttccccaaagAGcaaacgagatgc  (19)  (SEQ ID NO 40)  Tyr2038Ala cctttccccaaagGCcaaacgagatgc  (20)  (SEQ ID NO 41)  Phe2038His gttcctttccccAtGgtacaaacgagatg  (21)  (SEQ ID NO
42)  Phe2038Leu gttcctttccccTaagtacaaacgagatg  (22)  (SEQ ID NO 43)  Phe2038Ala gttcctttccccaGCgtacaaacgagatg  (23)  (SEQ ID NO 44)  Thr2098Ala gtcccaggcttggGCgaggtccttgac  (24)  (SEQ ID NO 45)  (Lys2095Ser + Asp2096Asn + Thr2098Asn) 
gtcccaggcttggTTgaggrrccAgacattccctgatttc (25)  (SEQ ID NO 46)  Thr2098Asn gtcccaggcttggltgaggtccttgac  (26)  (SEQ ID NO 47)  Asp2102Ala catgataatagaggGCccaggdtgggtg  (27)  (SEQ ID NO 48)


To assay the relative binding affinity of these mutants for complexes of FKBP with rapamycin and various rapalogs, each construct is transiently co-transfected into human HT1080B14 cells, as described in Example 8.  Following transfection, serial
dilutions of rapamycin or rapalog are added to the culture medium.  After 24 hours, SEAP activity is measured as described in Example 8; the potency of SEAP activation at various rapalog concentrations is proportional to the affinity of the FRAP mutant
for the complex between FKBP and the rapalog.


PCR primers (restriction sites upper case; 5'->3'):


gcatcCCATGGcaatcctctggcatgagatgtggCatgaaggCCtggaag (28)  (SEQ ID NO 49)  cgtgaGGATCCtactttgagattcgtcggaacac (29)  (SEQ ID NO 50)  gcatcTCTAGAatcctctggcatgagatgtggcatgaaggcctggaag (30)  (SEQ ID NO 51) 
ggtctGGATCCctaataACTAGTctttgagattcgtcggaaCaCatg (31)  (SEQ ID NO 52)


D. Functional Display of FKBP and FRB Domains on Filamentous Bacteriophage: one Approach to Selection as an Alternative to Rational Design of Modified Domains


A phage display system for the display and selection of mutant FKBP and FRB domains is disclosed in detail in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al), including vector construction, preparation of His6-flag-FKBP, pCANTAB-AP-FKBP, Binding enrichments,
Primers, the Sequence of pCANTAB-AP-FRAP(2015-2114) and pCANTAB-AP-FKBP, the synthesis of biotinylated FK506 for affinity enrichment studies, functional FKBP display by competitive ELISA using biotinylated FK506, generation of a library of mutant FKBPs
on phage targetted to the C13 and C14 positions of rapamycin andliibrary sorting.


Example 14


Rapamycin-Dependent Activation of Signal Transduction


Many cellular receptors can be activated by aggregation, either by their physiological ligand or by anti-receptor antibodies.  Additionally, the aggregation of two different proteins can often trigger an intracellular signal.  Rapamycin and its
analogs may be used to trigger activation of a receptor effector domain by oligomerizing chimeric proteins, one of which contains one or more FKBPs and an effector domain and the other of which contains one or more FRAP domains and an effector domain. 
This scheme is illustrated in FIG. T1(a).  While both proteins are shown anchored to the membrane, a single one could be membrane anchored, and addition of rapamycin or analog would recruit the second protein to the membrane via dimerization.  Membrane
anchoring may be effected through a transmembrane protein anchor or through lipid modification of the protein(s), such as myristoylation.  The same effector domain may be present on both proteins, or different protein domains that interact functionally
may be used, such as a protein kinase and a protein kinase substrate.  Alternatively, a second effector may serve to inhibit the activity of the first effector.


We note that in some embodiments, the chimeric proteins are mixed chimeras, discussed previously, and contain FKBP and FRAP domains together with the heterologous efector domain.  Oligomerization of a single mixed chimera may also be used to
activate signal transduction, as shown in FIG. T1(b).  Here rapamycin is shown to dimerize two identical copies of the protein.  Reiteration of the FKBP and FRAP domains permits higher multiples to occur, subject to geometric constraints.


Two examples of the use of rapamycin in signal transduction are to trigger receptor tyrosine kinase activation and to trigger apoptosis via Fas activation, both of which are discussed below.  Unless otherwise mentioned all DNA manipulations were
performed following standard procedures (F. M. Ausubel et al., Eds., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994) and all protein protocols were performed following standard procedures (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. 1988. 
Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual.  Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor.).  All PCR products used to make constructs were confirmed by sequencing.


A. Rapamycin-inducible receptor tyrosine kinase activation.


1.  Construction of pCM, an expression vector containing a myristylation signal.


A XbaI-Myr-BamHI cassette, obtained by annealing oligonucleotides 1 and 2, was digested with XbaI/BamHI and cloned into the XbaI/BamHI site of the pCG expression vector (Tanaka, M. and Herr, W. 1990.  Cell 60: 375-386) to create pCGM.  (For
oligonucleotide sequences, see (7) below).  This oligonucleotide cassette consists of an inframe XbaI site followed by sequence encoding for the first 15 amino acids residues of c-Src tyrosine kinase that has been shown to allow myristoylation and target
protein to the plasma membrane (Cross et al., 1984.  MCB.  4:1834-1842).  The myristoylation domain is followed by an inframe SpeI site and stop codons.  The XbaI site in the pCG vector is placed such that it adds two amino acids between the initiating
Met and the sequence cloned.  Since the spacing between the initiating Met and the myristylated Gly is crucial for membrane localization of c-Src (Pellman et al. 1985.  PNAS.  82: 1623-1627) the XbaI site following the ATG in pCGM was deleted by site
directed mutagenesis following manufacturers protocol (Muta-Gene, BioRad).  To facilitate future cloning steps the SpeI site in the myristylation cassette was mutated to a XbaI site.  Single stranded uracil-DNA of pCGM was prepared and the mutagenesis
was carried out using both oligonucleotide 3 (to delete the XbaI site following ATG and add an EcoRI site 5' to ATG) and oligonucleotide 4 (to change the SpeI site following the myristylation domain to a XbaI site).  The resulting sequence surrounding
the ATG of the pCM vector was confirmed by sequencing using oligonucleotide 5 (see sequence 1, (8) below).


2.  Addition of FKBPs and an epitope tag to pCM generates pCMF1/2/3.HA.


A SpeI-HA-BamHI cassette was prepared by annealing complementary oligonucleotides (oligonucleotides 6 and 7).  This cassette has an inframe SpeI site followed by nine amino acids of H. influenzae hemaglutinin gene that is recognized by the
monoclonal antibody 12CA5, stop codons and a BamHI site.  The SpeI-HA-BamHI cassette was sub cloned into the SpeI/BamHI site of pCGNNF1, pCGNNF2 and pCGNNF3.  Subsequently, the 1/2/3 copies of FKBP fused with HA epitope was sub cloned as an XbaI/BamHI
fragment into pCM.  The resulting plasmid (pCMF1/2/3.HA) has the following features: myristylation domain; an inframe XbaI site; one/two/three copies of FKBP; an inframe SpeI site; a HA epitope tag; and stop codons.


3.  Addition of FRBs and an epitope tag to pCM generates pCMFR1/2/3.Flag.


A SpeI-Flag-BamHI cassette can be prepared by annealing complementary oligonucleotides (oligonucleotides 8 and 9).  This cassette has the same features as the SpeI-HA-BamHI cassette described above with the exception that the inframe SpeI site is
followed by sequence that codes for eight amino acids (DYKDDDDY, SEQ ID NO 53) (Hopp et al., 1988.  Biotech.  6: 1205-1210) that is recognized by a monoclonal antibody anti-FLAG.M2 (Kodak Scientific Imaging Systems).  The SpeI-Flag-BamHI cassette is sub
cloned into the SpeI/BamHI site in pCGNN-1FRB, pCGNN-2FRB and, pCGNN-3FRB.  Subsequently 1/2/3 copies of FRB domain-Flag epitope fusions are sub cloned as a XbaI/BamHI fragment into pCM.  The resulting plasmid (pCMFR1/2/3.Flag) has the following
features: myristylation domain; an inframe XbaI site; one/two/three copies of FRB; an inframe SpeI site; a Flag epitope tag; and stop codons.


4.  Fusion of FKBP and FRB constructs to receptor tyrosine kinase cytoplasmic domain


The cytoplasmic domain of receptor tyrosine kinase of choice (e.g., EGFR, erbB-2, PDGFR, KDR/Flk-1, Flt-1) is PCR amplified with inframe 5'XbaI and 3' SpeI sites.  The PCR product may be subcloned either into the inframe XbaI site such that the
XbaI site is restored, or into the inframe SpeI site such that the SpeI site is restored in pCMFR series or pCMFseries vectors (see above).  As a result, the FKBP/FRB domain(s) can be placed either C-terminal or NH2-terminal to the cytoplasmic domain of
the receptor tyrosine kinase.  The vectors are constructed such that (i) the cytoplasmic domain of a given receptor is fused to both FKBP and FRB (for e.g., EGFR cytoplasmic domain fused to either FKBP or FRB) or (ii) can be constructed such that
cytoplasmic domains of two different receptors are fused to FKBP and FRB (for e.g., EGFR cytoplasmic domain fused to FKBP and erbB-2 cytoplasmic domain fused to FRB).  In the former case (i) addition of the drug, rapamycin, will induce the formation of
homodimers (e.g., EGFR/EGFR) while, in the latter (ii) addition of the drug will induce heterodimer (e.g., EGFR/erbB-2) and result in activation of the signal transduction cascade.


5.  Testing the constructs


To test the ability of rapamycin or analog to induce dimerization of FKBP- and FRB-receptor cytoplasmic domain fusions, the constructs of choice (e.g., pCMEGFR-FR1 and pCMEGFR-F1) are cotransfected into Cos-1 cells by lipofection (Gibco BRL). 
Three days after transfection the cells are induced with rapamycin and lysed in lysis buffer (1% Triton X-100; 50 mM Tris.cl pH8.0; 150 mM NaCl; 5 mM NaF; 1 mM sodium ortho vanadate; 10 ug/ml aprotinin; 10 ug/ml leupeptin).  The fusion proteins from
rapamycin-treated and untreated cell lysates are immunoprecipitated with anti-Flag and 12CA5 antibodies and immunoblotted with anti-phosphotyrosine antibody.  The choice of cell type; the amount of DNA transfected; the concentration of rapamycin used and
the duration of drug treatment are varied to achieve optimal results.


6.  Rapamycin-inducible cell growth


A selected mammalian cell line (e.g., NIH3T3) is cotransfected with constructs encoding for FRB and FKBP fusion proteins (e.g., pCMEGFR-FR1 and pCMEGFR-F1) and stable cell lines expressing the fusion proteins are established.  -To determine
whether rapamycin-inducible activation of receptor cytoplasmic domain will induce cell proliferation, stable cell lines expressing the fusion proteins are grown either in the presence or absence of rapamycin and the changes in cell growth rate are
determined by routine procedures (e.g., by monitoring cell number; by determining the 3H thymidine incorporation rate, etc.).  The choice of receptor tyrosine kinase; the type of receptor activation (homodimer vs.  heterodimer) may be chosen to obtain
optimal results.


7.  Oligonucleotide sequences


 (SEQ ID NO 54)  1: CATGTCTAGAGGGAGTAGCAAGAGCAAGCCTAAG GACCCCAGCCAG  CGCACTAGTTAAGAATTCTGATGAT CAGCGGATCCTAGC  (SEQ ID NO 55)  2: GCTAGGATCCGCTGATCATCAGAATTCTTAACTAGTG  CGCTGGCTGGGGTCCTTAGGCTTGCTCTTGCTACTCC  CTCTAGACATG  (SEQ ID NO 56)  3:
CGCCTTGTAGAATTCGCGCGTATGGGGAGTAGCAAGA  (SEQ ID NO 57)  4: CCCAGCCAGCGCTCTAGATAAGAATTCTGA  (SEQ ID NO 58)  5: AAGGGTCCCCAAACTCAC  (SEQ ID NO 59)  6: GCATGACTAGTTATCCGTACGACGTACCAGACT  ACGCATAAGAAAAGTGAGGATCCTACGG  (SEQ ID NO 60)  7:
CCGTAGGATCCTCACTTTTATGCGTAGTCTGGT  ACGTCGTACGGATAACTAGTCATGC  (SEQ ID NO 61)  8: CCGTAGGATCCTCACTTTTCTTAATAATCGTCATCG  TCTTTGTAGTCACTAGTCATGC  (SEQ ID NO 62)  9: GCATGACTAGTGACTACAAAGACGATGACGATTA  TTAAGAAAAGTGAGGATCCTACGG


8.  Sequence 1:


 M G S S K S K P K  CGC CTT GTA GAA ttc GCG CGT ATG ggg agt agc aag agc aag cct aag  D P S Q R S R stop stop  gac ccc agc cag cgc tct aga taa gaa ttc tga tga tca gcG GAT CCT  GAG AAC T (SEQ ID NO 64)


The modified sequences are in lowercase bold and the intitiating ATG is underlined.  Sequences in uppercase are from the parental pCG backbone.


B. Rapamycin-Inducible Apoptosis


The ability to control Fas activation and trigger apoptosis via a small molecule has applications both in gene therapy, where it may be used to selectively eliminate engineered cells, and in experimental systems.  The proteins described here are
anchored to the membrane via the low affinity NGF receptor, also called p75.  It should be appreciated, however, that another protein anchor could be readily substituted.  p75 is useful experimentally because of the availability of antibodies to its
extracellular domain, and its lack of high affinity interaction with any identified ligand (Bothwell, M. 1995.  Annu.  Rev.  Neurosci.  18:223-253).


1.  2-Protein Rapamycin-Regulated Fas Activation


(a) Construction of the p75 vector


Vectors to direct the expression of FRAP-Fas fusion proteins containing the extracellular and transmembrane domain of the low affinity NGF receptor (also known as p75) were derived from the mammalian expression vector pJ7W (Morgenstern, J. P. and
Land, H. 1990.  Nucleic Acids Res.  18:1068), modified by substitution of a pUC backbone for the original pBR backbone using standard methods.  We call this vector pA7W.  Inserts cloned into the polylinker sites of this plasmid are transcribed under the
control of the simian CMV promoter and enhancer sequences.  The polylinker follows the CMV sequence with HindIII-SalI-XbaI-BamHI-SmaI-SstI-EcoRI-ClaI-KpnI-BglII.  Any mammalian expression vector with suitable cloning sites and promoter could be
substituted.


A restriction fragment encoding a fragment of p75 flanked by HindIII and XbaI sites was generated by PCR using primers J1 (5') and J2 (3'), based on the sequence of p75 Johnson, D., Lanahan, A., Buck, C. R., Shegal, A., Morgan, C., Mercer, E.,
Bothwell, M., Chao, M. 1986.  Cell 47:545-554).  The original source of the PCR template was a clone derived from a human brain library, using primers similar to J1 and J2 but with different restriction sites.  The 5' end of the resulting fragment
contains a HindIII site followed by an EcoRI site, a Kozak sequence and the initiation of p75 coding sequence (amino acid 1).  The 3' end generated encodes the receptor sequence up to and including amino acid 274, 2 amino acids past the predicted
membrane spanning sequence, followed by an XbaI site.  Analogous portions of other transmembrane receptors can be substituted for this fragment.  The PCR product was subcloned as a HindIII-XbaI fragment into HindIII-XbaI cut pA7W, generating pA7Wp75. 
The construct was verified by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.


(b) Addition of Fas to pA7Wp75


XbaI-SpeI fragments encoding Fas amino acids 206-304 (FasS) and Fas amino acids 206-319 (FasL) were made by PCR and subcloned into pA7Wp75 cut with the same enzymes.  The primers used were J3 (5') and J4 or J5 (3').  J5 generates a fragment of
Fas that ends beyond its termination codon; when cut with SpeI, the nucleotides encoding the terminal 15 aa of Fas are removed to give a truncated form of intracellular Fas we call FasS.  Removal of these 15 aa increases the activity of Fas in some cell
types (Itoh, N., and Nagata, S. 1993.  J. Biol.  Chem 268:10932).  Primer J4 replaces the natural termination codon of Fas with a SpeI site, and also mutates the original SpeI site contained in Fas, generating FasL.  The plasmids generated from
subcloning these fragments are pA7Wp75-FasS and pA7Wp75-FasL, respectively.  These construct were verified by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.  To attach an epitope tag to these inserts, the XbaI-SpeI Fas fragments were isolated and ligated into
the XbaI-SpeI cut backbone of pCMF1/2/3.HA, plasmids described above which encode an epitope tag of 9 amino acids from the H. influenza haemagglutinin protein (E) 3' to the SpeI site, followed by a BamHI site.  Cutting the resultant plasmid with XbaI and
BamHI generated fragments encoding Fas followed by the epitope tag (designated E for these constructs).


(c).  p75-FRAP-Fas-epitope fusion proteins: addition of FRAP-containing fragments to pA7Wp75-FasSE and pA7Wp75-FasLE to generate p75-FRAPx-FasSorLE and p75-FasSorL-FRAPxE


The XbaI-SpeI fragments containing a portion of FRAP are described previously in this document.  These XbaI-SpeI fragments were inserted into either the XbaI site directly after the p75 coding sequence to generate p75-FRAPx-FasSorLE or into the
SpeI site directly after the Fas fragment to generate p75-FasSorL-FRAPxE.  Alternatively, more than one FRAP fragment is subcloned in, either as a FRAPn fragment, or by sequential subcloning of XbaI-SpeI fragments into the Spe I site available after
subcloning the first FRAP into either XbaI or SpeI.  Thus the final series of vectors encodes (from the N to the C terminus) p75 extracellular and transmembrane sequence, one or more FRAP-derived domains fused N- or C-terminally to one or more Fas
intracellular domains, and an epitope tag.


(d) p75-FKBP-Fas fusion proteins: addition of FKBP-containing fragments to pA7Wp75-FasSE and pA7Wp75-FasLE to generate p75-FKBPn-FasSorL or p75-FasSorL-FKBPn


The XbaI-SpeI fragments containing one or more FKBPs have been described elsewhere in this document.  These fragments were inserted into either the XbaI site directly after the p75 coding sequence to generate p75-FKBPn-FasSorL or into the SpeI
site directly after the Fas fragment to generate p75-FasSorL-FKBPn.  Thus the final series of vectors encodes (from the N- to the C-terminus) p75 extracellular and transmembrane sequence, one or more FKBPs fused N- or C-terminally to one or more Fas
intracellular domains, and an epitope tag.


(e) Assay of Rapamycin-Mediated Fas Activation


The ability of expression of a protein containing Fas and FRAP domains and a protein containing Fas and FKBP domains to activate Fas and trigger cell death upon addition of rapamycin can be tested in either transiently or stably transfected
cells.


For transient transfections, the two plasmids to be tested are cotransfected into a cell line such as HT1080 by a standard method such as lipofection, calcium phosphate precipitation or electroporation.  One or more days after transfection, cells
are treated with no addition or one or more concentrations of rapamycin or one or more concentrations of a dimerizing agent such as FK1012.  The FK1012 serves as a positive control that the FKBP-Fas construct is functional.  Several hours to 1 day later,
the cells are monitored for response by one of several methods.  Cell lysates were prepared by conventional means and used to generate Western blots that are probed with antibody directed against HA or against the extracellular domain of p75. 
Alternatively, cells can be assayed by collection in isotonic solution plus 10 mM EDTA, stained with anti-p75 monoclonal antibody and labeled secondary antibody, and the positive cells measured by FACS.  A decrease in either Western blot signal or FACS
signal upon treatment indicates sucessful induction of cell death (or decrease in protein expression).  In addition, commercially available kits can be used to monitor apoptosis.


To stably transfect cells, a vector encoding a selectable marker such as neomycin resistance is cotransfected along with the plasmids described.  Two to three days after transfection, cells are plated into G418 and the resistant population or
clones are isolated by standard means.  These populations can then be monitored directly for induction of apoptosis by treatment with dimerizer followed by cell counting or other measure of cell viability.


An alternative means of generating stable cell lines expressing the constructs of interest is to subclone the inserts into a retroviral vector.  The inserts are excisable with Eco RI to facilitate this subcloning.  The vector is then used to make
transducing supernatants by a packaging cell using conventional methods.


2.  Single Protein Rapamycin-Regulated Fas Activation


(a). Construction of FKBP-FRAP chimeric fragments FKBP-FRAP fusion constructs for rapamycin-dependent homodimerization of Fas intracellular domain


i. Structure-Assisted Design


In order to design molecules containing both FRAP and FKBP domains that are capable of rapamycin-dependent homodimerization, the three dimensional structure of the ternary complex between human FKBP12, rapamycin, and a portion of human FRAP
encompassing the minimal FRB domain may be considered.  Requirements for homodimerization of two molecules of fusion proteins containing FRAP, FKBP and Fas moieties include (i) sufficient length and flexibility of the polypeptide to accomodate the
distortions necessary for the FRAP-FKBP interaction to occur between molecules tethered at the membrane, while preserving the ability of aggregated Fas to transduce a signal; and (ii) prevention or minimization of intramolecular dimerization by
rapamycin, an event expected to be highly entropically favored due to the chelate effect, and therefore to prevent the desired intermolecular molecular dimerization.


Structural considerations led us to the following design preferences for the fusion constructs:


(i) FRB and FKBP should be joined with a polypeptide linker sufficiently short that intramolecular dimerization is sterically prevented.  The currently preferred configuration is FRAP-FKBP as the C-terminus of FRAP and the N-terminus of FKBP are
distant, allowing a long linker (>ten amino acids) that should still prevent intramolecular dimerization yet afford flexibility.


(ii) This FRAP-FKBP `cassette` can be present membrane-proximally (i.e. with Fas domain(s) added to the C-terminus), or membrane distal (with the Fas domain membrane-proximal and the FRAP-FKBP cassette appended C-terminally).


(iii) A long linker should be present N-terminal to the FRAP-FKBP domains, to allow for the structural distortions implied by dimerization at the membrane or if the domains are added C-terminally.  Again a N-terminal location of FRAP is preferred
as this long linker can then comprise natural FRAP sequence from the region N-terminal to the FRB domain, minimizing the immunogenicity of the chimeric protein.


(iv) Optimal linker lengths and fusion positions for a given protein should be confirmed empirically.


A series of 12 fusions of FKBP and FRAP, designated T1-T12, was designed.  Nine were N-FRAP-FKBP-C fusions including between 13, 23 or 33 amino acids N-terminal to Arg2018 (the N-terminal linker), and 4, 7 or 10 residues separating the two
proteins.  The remaining three were N-FKBP-FRAP-C fusions interposing 3, 0 or -4 residues of FRAP sequence between FKBP Glu107 and FRAP Arg2018.


(ii) Construction


The twelve fusions were made as XbaI-BamHI cassettes that could be cloned directly as a single fragment, using the three-primer PCR splicing method (Yon, J. and Fried, M. 1989.  Nucleic Acids Res.  17,4895).  Cloning in this way avoided the
introduction of restriction sites between the genes that would encode foreign sequence and alter the length of the linker.  A mixture of 1 ng each of pCGNN-1FRAPi and pCANTAB-AP-FKBP was amplified using Pfu polymerase with 1 .mu.M each of two outer
primers (A and C), in the presence of 0.01 .mu.M of a single `splice` oligo (B) complementary to both genes that directs the desired fusion.  The primers used are tabulated below:


 oligos N-term* linkert  # construct A B C (aa) (aa)  T1 FRAP(1985-2116)-FKBP 100 102 105 33 4  T2 FRAP(1995-2116)-FKBP 93 102 105 23 4  T3 FRAP(2005-2116)-FKBP 101 102 105 13 4  T4 FRAP(1985-2119)-FKBP 100 103 105 33 7  T5 FRAP(1995-2119)-FKBP
93 103 105 23 7  T6 FRAP(2005-2119)-FKBP 101 103 105 13 7  T7 FRAP(1985-2122)-FKBP 100 104 105 33 10  T8 FRAP(1995-2122)-FKBP 93 104 105 23 10  T9 FRAP(2005-2122)-FKBP 101 104 105 13 10  T10 FKBP-FRAP(2014-2114) 106 107 110 -- 3  T11 FKBP-FRAP(2018-2114)
106 108 110 -- 0  T12 FKBP-FRAP(2021-2114) 106 109 110 -- -4  *Number of amino acids between the Arg encoded by the 5' XbaI site and FRAP  Arg20l8 (for fusions T1-T9)  .dagger.Number of amino acids between FRAP Ser2112 and FKBP Glyl (for  fusions T1-T9);
or between FKBP Glu107 and FRAP Arg 2018 (for fusions  T10-T12)


PCR products were purified, digested with XbaI and BamHI, and ligated into XbaI-BamHI digested pCM.  The constructs were verified by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.


Primer sequences and the sequence of a representative FRB-FKBP construct: fusion T6 of FRAP (2005->)-FKBP are disclosed in WO 96/41865 (p. 109).


(b) Addition of FRAP-FKBP chimeric inserts to pA7Wp75-FasSE and pA7Wp75-FasLE


Subcloning of T1 through T12 as XbaI-SpeI fragments into pA7Wp75-FasSE and pA7Wp75-FasLE linearized with XbaI generates p75TFasSorLE.  Subcloning into pA7Wp75-FasLE linearized with SpeI generated p75FasSorLT-E. These constructs are listed in
Table 1 ((d) below).


(c) Alternative FRAP-Fas-FKBP constructs


Instead of the format of the chimeric fragments T1-T12, the single chain strategy could require a different orientation of domains for optimal activity.  To this end, another series of constructs was made in which FKBP and FRB are separated by a
Fas fragment.  The starting points for these constructs are pCMF1HA, pCMF2HA, and PCMF3HA.  Similar to the strategy described above for the construction of chimeric transcription factors, FKBP and FRB fragments (described elsewhere in this document) were
cloned into the pCM backbones as XbaI-BamHI fragments that included a SpeI site just upstream of the BamHI site.  As XbaI and SpeI produce compatible ends, this allowed further XbaI-BamHI fragments to be inserted downstream of the initial insert. 
Additionally, cloning of an XbaI-SpeI fragment results in the addition of the fragment at the 5' end of the construct.  The final p75-anchored construct was made by subcloning the XbaI-SpeI fragments shown in Table 1 ((d) below) into pA7Wp75-FasSE.  A
similar series is made by subcloning into pA7Wp75-FasLE.  Insertion into vector cut with XbaI resulted in addition of the insert 3' to the p75 fragment.  Insertion into this vector cut with SpeI resulted in addition of the insert 3' to the Fas fragment. 
Insertion into this vector cut with XbaI and SpeI resulted in addition 3' to the p75 fragment, and elimination of the Fas fragment originally in the vector.  By using these three subcloning strategies, the following series of constructs was generated. 
Numerical subscripts define the number of times the domain is reiterated.


TABLE 1  (d)  Code: N = p75 NGF receptor aa 1-274  Fass = Fas aa 206-304  FasL = Fas aa 206-319  K = FKBP aa 2-108  R = FRAP 2012-2113, but other boundaries can be substituted  E = HA epitope followed by termination codons as described  in
pCMF1/2/3.HA  VECTOR SITE(S)  USED TO  Xba 1-Spe I SUBCLONE INSERT  FRAGMENT INTO pA7Wp75-  NAME SUBCLONED FasSE CONSTRUCT  A1 K2FasL Spe I + Xba I NK2FasLE  A2 R Spe I NFasSRE  A3 R Xba I NRFasSE  A4 R2 Spe I NFasSR2E  A5 R2 Xba I NR2FasSE  A6 K2FasSR
Spe I NFasSK2FasSRE  A7 KFasSR Spe I NFasSKFasSRE  A8 K2FasSR2 Spe I NFasSK2FasSR2E  A9 KFasSR2 Spe I NFasSKFasSR2E  A10 T1 Spel NFasST1E  A11 T2 Spe I NFasST2E  A12 T3 Spe I NFasST3E  A13 T4 Spe I NFasST4E  A14 T5 Spe I NFasST5E  A15 T6 Spe I NFasST6E 
A16 T7 Spe I NFasST7E  A17 T8 Spe I NFasST8E  A18 T9 Spe I NFasST9E  A19 T10 Spe I NFasST10E  A20 T11 Spe I NFasST11E  A21 T12 Spe I NFasST12E  A22 K2FasSR Xba I NK2FasSRFasSE  A23 KFasSR Xba I NKFasSRFasSE  A24 K2FasSR2 Xba I NK2FasSR2FasSE  A25 KFasSR2
Xba I NKFasSR2FasSE  A26 T1 Xba I NT1FasSE  A27 T2 Xba I NT2FasSE  A28 T3 Xba I NT3FasSE  A29 T4 Xba I NT4FasSE  A30 T5 Xba I NT5FasSE  A31 T6 Xba I NT6FasSE  A32 17 Xba I NT7FasSE  A33 T8 Xba I NT8FasSE  A34 T9 Xba I NT9FasSE  A35 T10 Xba I NT10FasSE 
A36 T11 Xba I NT11FasSE  A37 T12 Xba I NT12FasSE  A38 K2FasSR Spe I + Xba I NK2FasSRE  A39 KFasSR Spe I + Xba I NKFasSRE  A40 K2FasSR2 Spe I + Xba I NK2FasSR2E  A41 KFasSR2 Spe I + Xba I NKFasSR2E


(e) Termini/junction sequences of fragments, oligos and-other details for construction of the inserts which were cloned in 3' to the myristoylation signal sequence as XbaI-BamHI or XbaI-SpeI fragments are disclosed in detail in WO 96/41865.


(f) Rapamycin-regulated apoptosis of stable transsfected human HT1080 cells in culture XbaI-BamHI fragments from constructs A30 and A31 (d, table 1) were cloned into pCM to generate M30 and M31, constructs that direct the expression of MT5FasSE
and MT6FasSE, where M denotes a myristoylation domain (see this example sections A.1.  and A.8.) and other abbreviations are as described in d, table 1.  EcoRI-BamHI fragments containing these expression cassettes were then cloned into the retroviral
vector pSMN3 (Example 7).  Helper-free retroviruses containing this DNA were generated by transient co-transfection of 293T cells (Pear, W. S. et al. 1993.  Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA, 90, 8392-8396) with the constructs and a Psi(-) amphotropic
packaging vector.  HT1080 cells were infected with viral stock and selected with G418.


To assay apoptosis of the stably transfected pools of cells in response to rapamycin, cells were plated in a 96-well culture plates at 10000 cells/well.  After an overnight incubation, serial dilutions of rapamycin were added, together with 50
ng/ml (final) actinomycin D, and incubation continued at 37.degree.  C. and 5% CO2 for approximately 20 hours.  The media was removed and replaced with 100 .mu.l of media containing 10% alamar blue dye.  Plates were incubated as before, and the extent of
cell viability assessed periodically by spectrophotometric determination of OD at 570 nm and 600 nm on a microtiter plate reader.  Typically reading was continued until control (untreated) wells are at OD 0.2-0.4 after subtraction of blank.


Survival of cells stably transfected with (a) M30 and (b) M31-expressing constructs is potently reduced in the presence of rapamycin, in a dose-dependent manner.  The extent of cell death is comparable to that of cells expressing a myristoylated
(FKBP.times.2)-Fas construct (as disclosed in PCT/US94/08008) treated with a synthetic FKBP homodimerizer AP1428.  This system may be adapted for use with improved rapalogs of this invention, preferably with one or more mutations in the FKBP and/or FRB
domains used.


The full disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific papers cited herein is hereby incorporated by reference.  Those documents serve to illustrate the state of the art in various aspects of this invention.  Numerous modifications
and variations of the present invention should be apparent to one of skill in the art.  Such modifications and variations, including design choices in selecting a heterologous action domain, improved rapalog, fusion protein design, DNA formulation, viral
vector or other DNA delivery means, manner and route of transgene administration, etc. are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the invention and of the appended claims.


 # SEQUENCE LISTING  <160> NUMBER OF SEQ ID NOS: 64  <210> SEQ ID NO 1  <211> LENGTH: 14  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: membrane binding
domain  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(14)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: membrane binding domain  <400> SEQUENCE: 1  Met Gly Ser Ser Lys Ser Lys Pro Lys Asp Pr  #o Ser Gln Arg  1 5  # 10  <210> SEQ ID NO 2 
<211> LENGTH: 4  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: organelle binding domain  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(4)  <223> OTHER
INFORMATION: organelle binding domain  <400> SEQUENCE: 2  Lys Asp Glu Leu  1  <210> SEQ ID NO 3  <211> LENGTH: 4  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
organelle binding domain  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(4)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: organelle binding domain  <400> SEQUENCE: 3  His Asp Glu Leu  1  <210> SEQ ID NO 4  <211> LENGTH: 36  <212>
TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 4 
gcatgtctag agagatgtgg catgaaggcc tggaag  # # 36  <210> SEQ ID NO 5  <211> LENGTH: 35  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY:
misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(35)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 5  gcatcactag tctttgagat tcgtcggaac acatg  # # 35  <210> SEQ ID NO 6  <211> LENGTH: 33  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM:
Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 6  gcacattcta gaattgatac gcccagaccc ttg  #
# 33  <210> SEQ ID NO 7  <211> LENGTH: 33  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(33) 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 7  cgatcaacta gtaagtgtca atttccgggg cct  # # 33  <210> SEQ ID NO 8  <211> LENGTH: 36  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE: 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 8  gcactatcta gactgaagaa catgtgtgag cacagc  # # 36  <210> SEQ ID NO 9 
<211> LENGTH: 36  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 9  gcactatcta gagtgagcga ggagctgatc cgagtg  # # 36  <210> SEQ ID NO 10  <211> LENGTH: 36  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 10  cgatcaacta gtggaaacat attgcagctc taagga  # # 36  <210> SEQ ID NO 11  <211> LENGTH: 36  <212>
TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(36)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 11 
cgatcaacta gttggcacag ccaattcaag gtcccg  # # 36  <210> SEQ ID NO 12  <211> LENGTH: 31  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY:
misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(31)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 12  atgctctaga ctgggggcct tgcttggcaa c  # # 31  <210> SEQ ID NO 13  <211> LENGTH: 31  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM:
Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(31)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 13  atgctctaga gatgagtttc ccaccatggt g  #
# 31  <210> SEQ ID NO 14  <211> LENGTH: 39  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(39) 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 14  gcatggatcc gctcaactag tggagctgat ctgactcag  # # 39  <210> SEQ ID NO 15  <211> LENGTH: 31  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE: 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(31)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 15  atgctctaga cttggaaccg gacctgccgc c  # # 31  <210> SEQ ID NO 16  <211>
LENGTH: 34  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(34)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer 
<400> SEQUENCE: 16  gcatcactag tccagaaagg gcaccagcca atat  # # 34  <210> SEQ ID NO 17  <211> LENGTH: 25  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer 
<221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(25)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 17  gccatggtgg ctagcctata gtgag  # # 25  <210> SEQ ID NO 18  <211> LENGTH: 25  <212> TYPE: DNA 
<213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(25)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 18  ggcggtgttg
gctagcgtcg gtcag  # # 25  <210> SEQ ID NO 19  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: pSMTN3 construct  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222>
LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: pSMTN3+12CA5+SV40T NLS  <400> SEQUENCE: 19  Met Ala Ser Ser Tyr Pro Tyr Asp Val Pro As  #p Tyr Ala Ser Leu Gly  1 5  # 10  # 15


Gly Pro Ser Ser Pro Lys Lys Lys Arg Lys Va  #l  20  # 25  <210> SEQ ID NO 20  <211> LENGTH: 123  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: pSMTN3 construct
coding s  #equence  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(123)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: pSMTN3+12CA5+SV40T NLS  <400> SEQUENCE: 20  gaattccaga agcgcgtatg gcttctagct atccttatga cgtgcctgac ta  #tgccagcc 60  tgggaggacc
ttctagtcct aagaagaaga gaaaggtgtc tagatatcga gg  #atcccaag 120  ctt  # # # 123  <210> SEQ ID NO 21  <211> LENGTH: 128  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP+His+HA epitopes  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(128)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP+His+HA tags  <400> SEQUENCE: 21  Met His His His His His His Tyr Pro Tyr As  #p Val Pro Asp Tyr Ala  1 5  # 10  # 15  Ala Met
Ala His Met Gly Val Gln Val Glu Th  #r Ile Ser Pro Gly Asp  20  # 25  # 30  Gly Arg Thr Phe Pro Lys Arg Gly Gln Thr Cy  #s Val Val His Tyr Thr  35  # 40  # 45  Gly Met Leu Glu Asp Gly Lys Lys Phe Asp Se  #r Ser Arg Asp Arg Asn  50  # 55  # 60  Lys Pro
Phe Lys Phe Met Leu Gly Lys Gln Gl  #u Val Ile Arg Gly Trp  65  #70  #75  #80  Glu Glu Gly Val Ala Gln Met Ser Val Gly Gl  #n Arg Ala Lys Leu Thr  85  # 90  # 95  Ile Ser Pro Asp Tyr Ala Tyr Gly Ala Thr Gl  #y His Pro Gly Ile Ile  100  # 105  # 110  Pro
Pro His Ala Thr Leu Val Phe Asp Val Gl  #u Leu Leu Lys Leu Glu  115  # 120  # 125  <210> SEQ ID NO 22  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FBBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 22  agcataaact tatggggctt gtttctg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 23  <211> LENGTH:
27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 23  agcataaact ttaagggctt gtttctg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 24  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 24  agcataaact tagcgggctt gtttctg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 25  <211> LENGTH:
27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C24 Mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 25  ttgcctagca tatgcttaaa gggcttg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 26  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 26  ttgcctagca ttaacttaaa gggcttg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 27  <211> LENGTH: 27 
<212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12
variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 27  ttgcctagca tagccttaaa gggcttg  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 28  <211> LENGTH: 26  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C24
mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(26)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 28  cctcggatca ccgcctgctt gcctag  # # 26  <210> SEQ ID NO 29  <211> LENGTH: 26 
<212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C24 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(26)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12
variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 29  cagcctcgga tcgcctcctg cttgcc  # # 26  <210> SEQ ID NO 30  <211> LENGTH: 30  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12
C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(30)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 30  ccgggaggaa tcggctttct ttccatcttc  # # 30  <210> SEQ ID NO 31  <211>
LENGTH: 30  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(30)  <223> OTHER
INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 31  ccgggaggaa tcgactttct ttccatcttc  # # 30  <210> SEQ ID NO 32  <211> LENGTH: 30  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER
INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(30)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 Variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 32  ccgggaggaa tcagatttct ttccatcttc  # # 30  <210> SEQ ID NO 33 <211> LENGTH: 30  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(30) 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 33  ccgggaggaa tccattttct ttccatcttc  # # 30  <210> SEQ ID NO 34  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE: 
<223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 34  aagctccaca tcggcgacga gagtggc  # # 27 
<210> SEQ ID NO 35  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA


<213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP variant 
<400> SEQUENCE: 35  aagctccaca tcgccgacga gagtggc  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 36  <211> LENGTH: 29  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14
mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 36  caagcatccc ggtggcgtgc accacgcag  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 37  <211> LENGTH: 29 
<212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 C13/C14 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 37  tcccgggagg aagcaaattt ctttccatc  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 38  <211> LENGTH: 26  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FKBP12 C28/C30 mutant pri  #mer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(38)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FKBP12 variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 38  cctcggatca ccgcctgctt gcctag  # # 26  <210> SEQ ID NO 39  <211>
LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 39  cctttcccca aagtgcaaac gagatgc  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 40  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP
C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 40  cctttcccca aagagcaaac gagatgc  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 41  <211> LENGTH: 27 
<212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant <400> SEQUENCE: 41  cctttcccca aaggccaaac gagatgc  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 42  <211> LENGTH: 29  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAp C7 mutant
primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 42  gttcctttcc ccatggtaca aacgagatg  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 43  <211> LENGTH: 29  <212>
TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant 
<400> SEQUENCE: 43  gttcctttcc cctaagtaca aacgagatg  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 44  <211> LENGTH: 29  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 muatnt
primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 44  gttcctttcc ccagcgtaca aacgagatg  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 45  <211> LENGTH: 27  <212>
TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant 
<400> SEQUENCE: 45  gtcccaggct tgggcgaggt ccttgac  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 46  <211> LENGTH: 40  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant
primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(40)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 46  gtcccaggct tggttgaggt tcgagacatt ccctgatttc  # # 40  <210> SEQ ID NO 47  <211> LENGTH: 27 
<212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(27)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant <400> SEQUENCE: 47  gtcccaggct tggttgaggt ccttgac  # # 27  <210> SEQ ID NO 48  <211> LENGTH: 29  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP C7 mutant
primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(29)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FRAP variant  <400> SEQUENCE: 48  catgataata gagggcccag gcttgggtg  # # 29  <210> SEQ ID NO 49  <211> LENGTH: 50  <212>
TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(50)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 49 
gcatcccatg gcaatcctct ggcatgagat gtggcatgaa ggcctggaag  # 50  <210> SEQ ID NO 50  <211> LENGTH: 34  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221>
NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(34)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 50  cgtgaggatc ctactttgag attcgtcgga acac  # # 34  <210> SEQ ID NO 51  <211> LENGTH: 48  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213>
ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(48)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 51  gcatctctag aatcctctgg
catgagatgt ggcatgaagg cctggaag  # 48  <210> SEQ ID NO 52  <211> LENGTH: 47  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature 
<222> LOCATION: (1)..(47)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: primer  <400> SEQUENCE: 52  ggtctggatc cctaataact agtctttgag attcgtcgga acacatg  # 47  <210> SEQ ID NO 53  <211> LENGTH: 8  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM:
Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FLAG epitope  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(8)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: FLAG epitope  <400> SEQUENCE: 53  Asp Tyr Lys Asp Asp Asp Asp Tyr 
1 5  <210> SEQ ID NO 54  <211> LENGTH: 85  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature


<222> LOCATION: (1)..(85)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 54  catgtctaga gggagtagca agagcaagcc taaggacccc agccagcgca ct  #agttaaga 60  attctgatga tcagcggatc ctagc  # # 85  <210> SEQ ID NO 55 
<211> LENGTH: 85  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(85)  <223> OTHER
INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 55  gctaggatcc gctgatcatc agaattctta actagtgcgc tggctggggt cc  #ttaggctt 60  gctcttgcta ctccctctag acatg  # # 85  <210> SEQ ID NO 56  <211> LENGTH: 37  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213>
ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(37)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 56  cgccttgtag
aattcgcgcg tatggggagt agcaaga  # # 37  <210> SEQ ID NO 57  <211> LENGTH: 30  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY:
misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(30)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 57  cccagccagc gctctagata agaattctga  # # 30  <210> SEQ ID NO 58  <211> LENGTH: 18  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213>
ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(18)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 58  aagggtcccc
aaactcac  # # # 18  <210> SEQ ID NO 59  <211> LENGTH: 61  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222>
LOCATION: (1)..(61)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 59  gcatgactag ttatccgtac gacgtaccag actacgcata agaaaagtga gg  #atcctacg 60  g  # # # 61  <210> SEQ ID NO 60  <211> LENGTH: 61  <212> TYPE: DNA 
<213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(61)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 60 ccgtaggatc ctcacttttc ttatgcgtag tctggtacgt cgtacggata ac  #tagtcatg 60  c  # # # 61  <210> SEQ ID NO 61  <211> LENGTH: 58  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION:
oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(58)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 61  ccgtaggatc ctcacttttc ttaataatcg tcatcgtctt tgtagtcact ag  #tcatgc 58  <210> SEQ ID NO
62  <211> LENGTH: 58  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(58)  <223> OTHER
INFORMATION: oligonucleotide  <400> SEQUENCE: 62  gcatgactag tgactacaaa gacgatgacg attattaaga aaagtgagga tc  #ctacgg 58  <210> SEQ ID NO 63  <211> LENGTH: 16  <212> TYPE: PRT  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220>
FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: membrane binding domain  <221> NAME/KEY: DOMAIN  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(16)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: membrane binding domain  <400> SEQUENCE: 63  Met Gly Ser Ser Lys Ser Lys Pro Lys Asp Pr 
#o Ser Gln Arg Ser Arg  1 5  # 10  # 15  <210> SEQ ID NO 64  <211> LENGTH: 103  <212> TYPE: DNA  <213> ORGANISM: Artificial Sequence  <220> FEATURE:  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: construct containing membran  #e binding
domain  sequences  <221> NAME/KEY: misc_feature  <222> LOCATION: (1)..(103)  <223> OTHER INFORMATION: construct containing membran  #e binding domain  <400> SEQUENCE: 64  cgccttgtag aattcgcgcg tatggggagt agcaagagca agcctaagga cc 
#ccagccag 60  cgctctagat aagaattctg atgatcagcg gatcctgaga act  # #103


* * * * *























				
DOCUMENT INFO
Description: Rapamycin is a macrolide antibiotic produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus which binds to a FK506-binding protein, FKBP, with high affinity to form a rapamycin:FKBP complex. Reported Kd values for that interaction are as low as 200 pM. Therapamycin:FKBP complex binds with high affinity to the large cellular protein, FRAP, to form a tripartite, [FKBP:rapamycin]:[FRAP], complex. In that complex rapamycin acts as a dimerizer or adapter to join FKBP to FRAP. ##STR1##A number of naturally occurring FK506 binding proteins (FKBPs) are known. See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem. J. 314:361-385 (review). FKBP-derived domains have been incorporated in the design of chimeric proteins for use in biological switches ingenetically engineered cells. Such switches rely upon ligand-mediated multimerization of the protein components to trigger a desired biological event. See e.g. Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024 and PCT/US94/01617. While the potentimmunosuppressive activity of FK506 would limit its utility as a multimerizing agent, especially in animals, dimers of FK506 (and related compounds) can be made which lack such immunosuppressive activity. Such dimers have been shown to be effective formultimerizing chimeric proteins containing FKBP-derived ligand binding domains.Rapamycin, like FK506, is also capable of multimerizing appropriately designed chimeric proteins. We have previously designed biological switches using rapamycin and various derivatives or analogs thereof ("rapalogs") as multimerizing agents(see WO96/41865). In the case of rapamycin itself, its significant biological activities, including potent immunosuppressive activity, rather severely limit its use in biological switches in certain applications, especially those in animals or animalcells which are sensitive to rapamycin. Improved rapalogs for such applications, especially rapalogs with reduced immunosuppressive activity, would be very desirable.A large number of structural variants of rapamycin h